BHT with Full Translator’s NotesActs 26 =
26
“This Man Could Have Been Released”
1 Agrippa, then, to Paul, said, “ˢYou have permission to speak on your own+ behalf.” Paul, then, stretching out his hand, began to present his defense: 2 “In regard to all the things of which I am being accused by the Jewish authorities,+ King Agrippa, I consider myself fortunate that it is+ ˢyou before whom I am about to make my defense today, 3 exceptionally familiar as ˢyou are+ with all the Jewish customs and controversies. That is why I beg ˢyou to listen to me patiently.+
4 “While, therefore, on the one hand, my manner of life from the time I was young,+ which took shape+ among my own people+ and in Jerusalem from my earliest days,+ is well-known+ to all the Jewish authorities,+ 5 knowing about me as they have+ for a long time,+ if they are willing to testify, that it was+ according to the standard+ of the strictest party of our religion that I lived my life as a Pharisee, 6 at present it is+ because of my hope in the promise made by God to our fathers that I am standing here on trial, 7 in whose fulfillment+ our twelve tribes, as they serve God so+ earnestly day and night and night and day, are hoping to share,+ in regard to which hope I am being accused by the Jewish leaders,+ O king. 8 Why do ᵖyou find it so+ impossible to believe+ that God raises the dead+?
9 “While I myself, therefore, thought it my duty to do absolutely everything I could, on the one hand,+ to oppose the name of Jesus of Nazareth,+ 10 that+ I did in fact do in Jerusalem, on the other+; many of the Lord’s holy people+ locked up in prisons,+ having received authority to do this+ from the chief priests themselves,+ and when they were being sentenced to death,+ I cast my vote against them. 11 From one synagogue to the next giving orders+ for them to be punished,+ I tried to force them to blaspheme. I was so+ insanely angry at them, in fact, that I went even to cities outside+ the country to persecute them.+ 12 On one such occasion,+ while I was traveling to Damascus with the authorization and full permission of the high priests, 13 at midday, as I was on the road, I saw shining all around me and my traveling companions, O king,+ a light from heaven,+ brighter than the sun. 14 When all+ of us had fallen to the ground, I heard a voice saying to me in Aramaic,+ ‘Saul, Saul, why are ˢyou persecuting+ me? You’re only hurting yourself by your resistance, like an ox kicking against the goads.+’
15 “ ‘Who are ˢyou, Lord?’ I asked.
“ ‘I am Jesus, whom ˢyou are persecuting,’ replied the Lord.16 ‘Now get up and stand on your feet! For this is why I have appeared to ˢyou: To appoint ˢyou in advance as a trusted servant and as a witness to the things you have seen and those in which I will appear to you,+ 17 rescuing ˢyou from your own people and from the Gentiles, to whom I am sending ˢyou, 18 to open their eyes, to turn them from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, so that they may receive forgiveness for their sins and an inheritance+ with+ those who have been set apart to God by faith in me.’
19 “And so, King Agrippa, I was not disobedient to the vision from heaven. 20 On the contrary, to those in Damascus first, and then to those in Jerusalem and throughout the entire region of Judea and to the Gentiles, I declared that they must repent and turn to God, performing deeds that prove+ their repentance.+ 21 This is why, with respect to myself,+ some Jews+ seized me in the temple courts and were trying to kill me.
22 “Having experienced up to this day the help, therefore,+ that comes from God,+ I stand here+ bearing solemn witness to both lowly and powerful+ alike, declaring nothing at all+ outside of what the prophets and Moses themselves+ said was going to happen, 23 namely, that the Messiah was destined to suffer,+ and that as the first to rise from the dead, he would proclaim light+ both to our people and to the Gentiles.”+
24 These+ things Paul+ was saying in his defense, when Festus shouted,+ “ˢYou have lost your mind, Paul! This+ great learning of ˢyours is driving you mad!”
25 “I haven’t lost my mind, Most Honorable Festus,” Paul replied. “No, it is+ words full of truth and good judgment that I am speaking with God’s help.+ 26 Indeed, the king is familiar with these matters, to whom I am speaking, too,+ quite freely and openly, since I cannot bring myself to believe+ that any+ of these things has escaped his notice. It isn’t+ some hidden away corner, after all, in which these events have taken place.+ 27 Do ˢyou believe, King Agrippa, what the prophets wrote?+ I know ˢyou do.”
28 “In such a short time me will ˢyou persuade to become+ a Messiah-follower+?” Agrippa said to Paul.
29 “Whether short time or long,” Paul replied, “my prayer to God is that not only ˢyou,+ but indeed all those who are listening to me today, would become what I myself+ am—except for these chains.”
30 Then the king stood up, and with him the governor and Bernice and those who were sitting with them. 31 When they had left the room,+ they began talking with one another. “This man is doing nothing,” they said,+ “deserving of the death penalty or imprisonment.+”
32 Agrippa, then, said to Festus,+ “This man could have been released+ if he had not appealed to the Emperor.+”
+1:1Cf CJB, TEV.+1:1πρῶτον ( protōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the phrase has been rendered such as to allow this element to land at the end of the phrase for extra stress. A comma has also been used to the same end.+1:1Lit all that Jesus began to do and teach. The meaning here isn’t that Jesus began teaching and doing things but didn’t finish teaching and doing them. It is referring, rather, to the “turning point” when Jesus began his ministry (see BDAG, 140, sv ἄρχω 2.a.β; UBSHS [Ac], 13). Cf ISV, TEV.+1:2οὓς ἐξελέξατο ( hous exelexato) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+1:2“For himself” is drawn here from the middle voice here.+1:3Lit to whom.+1:3διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα ( di hēmerōn tesserakonta) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus a comma has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+1:3IT. Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+1:3Lit the things concerning. IT. Cf τὰ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ( ta peri hautou) at Lk 24:27 (see esp the NCV and NET there), and πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα...περὶ ἐμοῦ ( panta ta gegrammena...peri emou) at Lk 24:44. Just as the article there points back to OT Scriptures in Lk 24, so the same is true here (with Luke summarizing the focus of Jesus’ teaching in the post-resurrection appearances).+1:3Cf Mt 28:16-20; Lk 24:13-49.+1:4μὴ χωρίζεσθαι ( mē chōrizesthai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore inversion has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+1:4Lit the promise of the Father. See note at Lk 24:49. The same applies here. Cf LEB.+1:4Lit which you have heard of/from me. Because of the abrupt shift in the Greek text from indirect to direct speech, the antecedent has been restated in translation, and a new sentence started. The genitive is functioning in the subjective/source range, which is reflected in the translation (cf NCV, TEV).+1:5In Greek, μὲν ( men) is a forward-pointing device (see Runge, Disc Grammar, 54-5).+1:5Or in.+1:5Lit not after many these days. ME ( UBSHS [Ac], 15). Cf most modern translations.+1:5ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ( en pneumati hagiō) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+1:6Lit they. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+1:6Or began asking.+1:6ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ( en tō chronō toutō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. Cf ISV, NET.+1:6Cf Ps 102:12-17; Is 40:1; 49:13; 51:3; 57:18; 61:2; Mic 4:8; Lk 2:25.+1:7Lit he.+1:7ὑμῶν ( humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+1:7Cf Ps 102:12-17; Dn 9:22-27, 12:8-9; Mt 13:11; Lk 21:25-31; Re 10:4.+1:8Lit will be my witnesses. ME (see note at Lk 24:48). Cf also UBSHS (Ac), 18.+1:9Lit he.+1:9νεφέλη ( nephelē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+1:10ἀτενίζοντες ( atenizontes) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:10Or into heaven.+1:10Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NIV, TEV.+1:10ἄνδρες δύο ( andres duo) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+1:11Lit this Jesus. Cf NCV, NLT. In English, we usually don’t use demonstrative pronouns with proper names unless we’re singling out one individual from many with the same name. Since a demonstrative pronoun has been used to give extra focus to the focally prominent element (see note at “this” later in the verse), it has not been used here. The demonstrative pronoun does give “Jesus” thematic prominence (see BART Display). In translation, the comma itself gives “Jesus” some extra stress.+1:11Or into the sky. Here we have a bit of a breakdown in language, since Jesus starts his departure in the first heaven (ie, the sky) and ends up at the Father’s right hand in a part of the heavens that are out of sight (cf 2 Co 12:1-3).+1:11οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative pronoun and a stop (in the BART Display, ὃν τρόπον ἐθεάσασθε…[ hon tropon etheasasthe…] is marked as a right-dislocated element) have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+1:11Or into heaven. See note at “heaven” earlier in this verse. “Sky” is better here, since the angel is referring to the part of the ascension that the apostles had observed.+1:12Lit having a journey of a Sabbath. ME (see L-N, 81.28). Cf NCV, NLT. Though the idiom is derived from rabbinic traditions concerning how far someone was permitted to walk on the Sabbath (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 1:12), this is not central to Luke’s point here, and thus an ME has been used in translation.+1:13εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον ( eis to huperōon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this constituent extra focus and stress.+1:13ME(H)/IT (see M-M, 329, sv καταμένω; UBSHS [Ac], 22).+1:14πάντες ( pantes) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been segmented with commas for extra focus and stress.+1:14Lit were busying themselves together in prayer, or were continuing frequently together in prayer, or were continuing in one accord in prayer. Cf TEV; UBSHS (Ac), 23. V 15 is what inclines me toward the interpretation reflected in the text.+1:14Lit his.+1:15Lit In these days. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT.+1:15Lit the brothers. In a number of situations, the plural masculine form of ἀδελφός ( adelophos) is used generically for brothers and sisters or for believers (see BDAG, 18, sv 1, 2). In this situation it means the latter and includes both men and women (see v 14). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+1:15Lit in the middle, or in the midst. ME (see UBSHS [Mk], 104).+1:15Lit the crowd of names was in all about one hundred and twenty, or the crowd of names in one place was about one hundred and twenty. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 24). Cf most English translations.+1:16Lit men brothers. The compound indicates that Peter is most likely addressing the other apostles here (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 1:16).+1:16Or accomplished.+1:16The relative clause is functioning epexegetically here (see LGNT Notes, Ac 1:16).+1:16Lit which.+1:17Lit was numbered/counted among us. ME (see BDAG, 526, καταριθμέω 2; L-N, 34.33). Cf TEV.+1:17Or this service.+1:18Lit with the wages/reward of his wickedness. ME(I/F) (see UBSHS [Ac], 27). Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+1:18Cf Mt 26:14–15; 27:5, 7–8.+1:18πρηνὴς ( prēnēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:18Lit he burst open in the middle. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 19.30).+1:19Lit It. Cf NLT.+1:19γνωστὸν πᾶσι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ ( gnōston pasi tois katoikousin yerousalēm) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). The preposed element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+1:20IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT.+1:20Or home, or dwelling.+1:20Ps 69:25+1:20Or his office.+1:20“Position of leadership” is a POD/topical frame (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a passive construction has been used in translation.+1:20Ps 109:8+1:21συνελθόντων ἡμῖν ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφʼ ἡμῶν ( sunelthontōn hēmin en panti chronō hō eisēlthen kai exēlthen eph’ hēmas ho kurios Yēsous arxamenos apo tou baptismatos Yōannou heōs tēs hēmeras hēs anelēmphthē aph hēmōn) is in an embedded split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:21Lit during all the time in which the Lord Jesus went in and went out among us. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 41.24; UBSHS [Ac], 30).+1:22Lit beginning from the/his baptism of/by John. Cf NET, NLT.+1:22μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ ( martura tēs anastaseōs autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+1:22Lit one of these must become a witness with us. ME. Cf NLT, TEV.+1:24Lit the hearts. In the ancient world, the “heart” was the seat not only of the emotional faculties, but of the will and mind as well (see note at Mk 3:5). Cf TEV.+1:24This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+1:24ὃν ἕνα ( hon hena) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:24Or chosen for yourself. “Yourself” here is drawn from the middle voice of the verb (see Wallace, Grammar, 419-23).+1:25Lit to take the place of this service/ministry and apostleship. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 31). The genitives “ministry” and “apostleship” have been interpreted as a hendiadys. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NIV.+1:26Lit cast lots for them. ME. Cf CJB, TEV.+1:26Cf Ex 28:30; Lv 8:8;1 Sm 14:41; Ezr 2:63; Ne 7:65.+2:1Traditionally Pentecost (a transliteration). ME(OTB). Cf Ex 34:22, Lv 23:15; Dt 16:9.+2:2Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf the NIV and TEV at Ac 1:10.+2:2Or from the sky.+2:2ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας ( ēchos hōsper pheromenēs pnoēs biaias) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+2:3γλῶσσαι ( glōssai) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:3Lit it. The shift to the third person singular here, along with the distributive idea activated by διαμερίζω ( diamerizō) in the preceding clause, indicates that a single tongue rested on each person. Cf UBSHS (Ac), 35; ISV.+2:4ἑτέραις ( heterais) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:4Or tongues.+2:4Lit as the Spirit was giving to them to utter. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, TEV.+2:5Lit Jews, God-fearing men. ME. Cf NET.+2:5Lit from every nation under heaven. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 737, sv οὐρανός, 1.b.).+2:6For the meaning of συγχέω ( suncheo) here, see BSL, Ac 2:6.+2:6τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ( tē idia dialektō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:6Lit each one was hearing them speaking in his own language. Though the antecedent of “them” is obviously the believers of vv 1-4, there is also some measure of indefiniteness here, since the action the believers are performing is most likely simultaneous and distributive (ie, it seems that different believers are speaking different languages at the same time). Hence a passive rendering has been used in translation here.+2:7Lit Behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9. Cf CJB, NLT.+2:8IT. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV; BDAG, 495, sv καί 1.b.ζ.+2:8Lit our own language in which we were born. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 38). Cf most English translations.+2:9IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 2:9). Cf NET, NLT.+2:10IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 38).+2:11IT. Cf ISV, NCV.+2:11Lit them. Cf NLT.+2:11τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ ( ta megaleia tou theou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+2:12Lit What does this want to be? ME (see BDAG, 448, sv θέλω 5).+2:13γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι ( gleukous memestōmenoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with γλεύκους ( gleukous) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+2:13Lit They are filled/glutted with sweet new wine. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 40). Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:14IT. Cf NLT, TEV.+2:14Lit raised his voice. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 33.78).+2:14ἀποφθέγγομαι ( apophthengomai) doesn’t merely mean to address, but to address with great clarity and boldness because of divine aid and leading (see and cf ANLEX, 72, sv; BDAG, 125, sv; Little Kittel, 75, sv; TDNT, 1:447, sv; UBSHS [Ac], 41).+2:14Lit to them.+2:14πάντες ( pantes) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been postposed and segmented with commas for extra focus and stress.+2:14Lit listen carefully to my words.+2:14Since the demonstrative pronoun is cataphoric, this phrase has been placed second in translation to put it closer to the cataphoric reference/target (see LDGNT).+2:14τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ( touto humin gnōston) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+2:15The context indicates that not everyone thought this (cf vv 12-13). Cf NLT.+2:15Lit For not as you think. Cf NET.+2:15Lit for it is the third hour of the day. ME(H). Cf, eg, CJB, HCSB, NIV.+2:17These two phrases are found neither in the MT or the LXX, and thus have not been included in the quotation here (cf NET).+2:17Lit all flesh. Following the lead of the NET at Jl 2:28 in translation here (see NET Bible Notes, Jl 2:28; cf NCV here and at Jl 2:28). The context (“sons,” “daughters,” “young men,” “old men,” “male slaves,” and “female slaves,”) indicates that “all flesh” here does not mean “all mankind” in the sense of “every person,” but is referring to all classes and categories of people. Cf BDAG, 784, sv πᾶς 5.+2:17ὁράσεις ( horaseis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:17ἐνυπνίοις ( enupniois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:18ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου ( epi tous doulous mou kai epi tas doulas mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:18Or slaves.+2:18Lit in those days. ME. Cf NCV.+2:19Lit give omens/portents. ME (see BDAG, 999, sv τέρας; L-N, 33.480; translation and note at Lk 2:34).+2:19Or in heaven.+2:19Cf Ex 4:1–9, 7:8–13, 10:21-23; 1 Ki 18:38; 2 Ki 1:9-16; Ps 19:1-5; Is 13:10, 34:4; Jl 2:10, 30-31; Hab 3:11; Mt 24:29; Mk 8:11-12; Lk 21:11; Re 6:12-13, 8:12.+2:20Following the MT in translation here. Cf NLT.+2:21Jl 2:28-32+2:22Lit Men Israelites. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, NASB, HCSB, NET, NIV, RSV.+2:22Cf Lk 24:19.+2:22Lit in the midst of you. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 558). Cf Mt 18:2, Mk 3:3. Cf also the translation and note at Jn 12:37.+2:23τῇ ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ ( tē hōrismenē boulē kai prognōsei tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+2:23Lit by/according to the appointed plan and foreknowledge of God. ME (see L-N, 28.6; UBSHS [Ac], 48). Cf NLT, TEV. The genitive has been rendered as a subjective genitive in translation.+2:23The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+2:23The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively (see UBSHS [Ac], 48). For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+2:23Lit at the hand of lawless men. ME(H) (see L-N, 9.17; NET Bible Notes, Ac 2:23). Cf CJB, NET.+2:23Cf Jn 18:31.+2:24IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NASB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:24Lit whom God raised.+2:24Lit the birth-pains. ME (see ANLEX, 415, sv ὠδίν 2 a., b.). Cf the parallelisms in the LXX at 2 Sm 22:6 (2 Kingdoms in the LXX), Ps 18:4-5 (17:5-6 in the LXX), 116:3 (114:3 in the LXX).+2:24Cf Ps 18:4-5, 116:3; 2 Sm 22:6; Heb 2:15, 5:7.+2:24Lit its.+2:24Lit held by it. ME. Cf ISV, NASB, NET, NRSV.+2:25ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ( ek dexiōn mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+2:25Lit at the right of me. ME(I/F) (see UBSHS [Lk], 50). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+2:26Or shouts.+2:26Lit my flesh. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 51; FBT Chart, C, D, F, G). Cf TEV.+2:27Lit my soul. Here “soul” is referring not to one part of the person, but to the person as a whole. Cf CJB, HCSB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+2:27Lit Hades. ME(OTB) (see note at Mt 11:23).+2:28Ps 16:8-11+2:29Lit Men brothers.+2:29Or the patriarch, or our forefather.+2:29 being allowable/right/possible/obligatory to speak with frankness/plainly about the patriarch David. ME. Cf TEV.+2:30The participles here are interpreted as adverbial participles of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, ISV, LEB, NASB, NET.+2:30Lit he.+2:30προφήτης ( prophētēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics and a comma have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+2:30ὅρκῳ ( orkō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+2:30Lit from the fruit of his loins. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 10.34). Cf most English translations. ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ ( ek karpou tēs osphuos autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+2:30An allusion to 2 Sm 7:12-13 and Ps 132:11.+2:31IT (see, eg, BSL, Ac 2:31, sv προοράω; L-N, 28.6). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+2:31The aorists here are functioning proleptically (cf v 27)+2:32Lit This Jesus. Cf ISV here; ISV, NET, and NIV at Ac 1:11. τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν ( touton ton Yēsoun) is thematically prominent (see BART Display).+2:32Lit of which we all are witnesses. ME (see note at Lk 24:48). Cf also UBSHS (Ac), 18.+2:33τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ ( tē dexia tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. οὖν ( oun) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+2:33The genitive has been translated as an attributed genitive. Cf HCSB, ISV, NIV.+2:33τήν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου ( tēn epangelian tou pneumatos tou hagiou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+2:33Cf Is 32:15, 44:3; Jl 2:11; Ezk 39:28-29.+2:34Δαυὶδ ( dauid) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent (cf HCSB, NASB, TEV). γὰρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+2:34Lit he.+2:34Or Lord, or Master. Following the MT of Ps 110:1 in translation here. Cf NLT.+2:35Ps 110:1+2:36Lit house. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 11.58).+2:36ἀσφαλῶς ( asphalōs) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb and a superlative adjective of degree have been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra stress.+2:36Lit him.+2:36καὶ κύριον καὶ χριστὸν ( kai kurion kai christon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+2:36Lit this Jesus.+2:36The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+2:37Lit they. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+2:37Lit were pierced through the heart. ME(I/F) (see ANLEX, 220, sv κατανύσσομαι; BDAG, 523, sv κατανύσσομαι; L-N, 28.281). Cf Jn 16:8-10.+2:38Cf Is 32:15, 44:3; Jl 2:11; Ezk 39:28-29.+2:39ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακράν ( humin kai tois teknois humōn kai pasin tois eis makran) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:39Cf Dt 30:1-10; Is 57:19; 1 Pt 1:1. Cf also Ac 22:21; Eph 2:13.+2:39Or call.+2:39Cf Is 10:19-22; Jr 23:1-3.+2:40ἑτέροις λόγοις πλείοσιν ( heterois logois pleiosin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. τε ( te) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+2:40Cf Dt 32:20.+2:40Lit saying.+2:41In Greek, μὲν ( men) is a forward-pointing device (see Runge, Disc Grammar, 74-83).+2:41Because the target of the forward-pointing device is in v 42 (see LDGNT), dashes have been used with this clause.+2:41ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι ( psuchai hōsei trischiliai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:41IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV.+2:42διδαχή ( didachē) can refer either to the content or activity of teaching (see ANLEX, 114, sv). Since a periphrastic construction is used here (“the periphrastic construction usually emphasizes the duration of an action” [Black, Grammar, 153]), and since other verbal nouns follow “teaching,” here the focus is most likely on the activity of teaching, rather than on the content of teaching (although content, of course, is assumed). The genitive, then, is a subjective genitive. Cf TEV.+2:42Lit in the breaking of the bread. ME(H)/IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 63). Cf NLT, TEV.+2:42Lit They were continuing/constantly busying themselves/spending their time in the teaching of the apostles and in the fellowship, in the breaking of bread and in the prayers. Cf Ac 1:14, 3:1. “Gathering” is presupposed by all the verbal nouns here (cf Ac 1:14, 2:26), sounds much more natural in English with the imperfective aspect and the number of different verbal ideas activated here, and helps the activities mentioned to be processed as occurring frequently and as being distributed over a period of time (cf UBSHS [Ac], 23).+2:43Lit Fear was becoming over every soul. ME. Cf NASB. φόβος ( phobos) in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+2:43πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα ( polla te terata kai sēmeia) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+2:44Lit were in one place. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 64). Cf TEV.+2:44Lit had all things in common. ME (see L-N, 57.99; UBSHS [Ac], 65). Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+2:45See following note.+2:45τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ( ta ktēmata kai tas huparxeis) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. The following clause has also been subordinated in order to give this element the effect of end-weight (Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis [see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28]; cf NIV).+2:45See preceding note.+2:45Lit them. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+2:45Lit in proportion to/to the degree that someone had need. ME. Cf TEV.+2:46Lit and breaking from house to house bread. ME(H)/IT (see UBSHS [Lk], 63, 65). Cf NLT+2:46Or humble, or sincere.+2:46Cf 1 Co 11:17-32.+2:47Lit having favor with/among. ME (see BSL, Ac 2:47; sv χάρις; UBSHS [Ac], 66).+3:1IT. NIV, NRSV, TEV.+3:1Lit the hour of prayer the ninth. ME(H) (see UBSHS [Ac], 68). Cf ISV, HCSB, NCV, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+3:2Lit being lame from his mother’s womb. ME. Cf ESV, HCSB, NCV, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV. τις ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων ( tis anēr chōlos ek koilias mētros autou huarchōn) is in P2, with χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ( chōlos ek koilias mētros autou) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore the clause has structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+3:2Lit they. This is an indefinite plural. Cf ISV.+3:2Cf ESV, NRSV, NET, TEV.+3:3Lit he.+3:3Lit asking alms to receive.+3:4Because Peter is the one who is actually doing the speaking, the participle here has been rendered as a finite verb.+3:4Lit at him.+3:4Lit he.+3:5Lit something. ME. Cf NCV, NLT. τι ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+3:6ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον ( argurion kai chrusion) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction and an adverb (cf TEV) have been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:6Lit Silver and gold is not existing/present to me. ME (see ANLEX, sv ὑπάρχω; BDAG, 1029, sv ὑπάρχω 1; BSL, Ac 3:6, sv ὑπάρχω).+3:6τοῦτό ( touto) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative wh-cleft has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+3:7Lit him.+3:7Lit he.+3:7Lit his.+3:7παραχρῆμα ( parachrēma) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+3:8Or stopped, or stood.+3:8Lit with them.+3:9Lit saw him walking and praising God.+3:10πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ( pros tēn eleēmosunēn) is in an embedded focal (see BART Display), and therefore the information activated by this constituent has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+3:11Lit at the portico. ME(H) (see BSL, Ac 3:11; NET Bible Notes, Ac 3:11; UBSHS [Ac], 75). Cf NET.+3:12Lit he answered to the people. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+3:12Lit Men Israelites. ME. Cf HCSB, NASB, NET, NIV.+3:12ἡμῖν ( hēmin) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:12ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ ( idia dunamei ē eusebeia) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+3:12Or godliness, or piety.+3:13Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+3:13Included within the purview of δοξάζω ( doxazō) here is both the giving of honor and the causing of someone to enter into a state of being “clothed” in resurrected glory (see BDAG, δοξάζω, 258, 1, 2).+3:13Cf Is 40-66.+3:13The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ISV, NIV, NLT, NRSV.+3:14τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον ( ton hagion kai dikaion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective and intensive pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+3:14Cf Is 53:11. This is a Messianic title most likely rooted in Is 53:11 (see UBSHS [Ac], 78).+3:14ἄνδρα φονέα ( andra phonea) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus a spacer (drawn from the context; cf NCV) has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+3:15τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ( ton archēgon tēs zōēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction and an emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+3:15Or Pioneer, or Founder, or Source, or Originator, or Ruler.+3:15Lit of which we are witnesses. ME (see note at Lk 24:48). Cf also UBSHS (Ac), 18. μάρτυρές ( martures) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:16ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ( epi tē pistei tou onomatos autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+3:16Lit the name of him.+3:16ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 170; translation and notes at 1 Co 1:10). Cf TEV at Jn 5:43.+3:16Lit him.+3:17Or And. Cf NKJV.+3:17κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ( kata agnoian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus the clause has been rendered so as to give extra focus to this constituent.+3:17Lit that you acted according to ignorance. ME/IT (see BDAG, 13, ἄγνοια, 2.a.; L-N, 32.7).+3:17Cf Lk 23:34; Jn 16:1-3; Ac 13:27; 1Co 2:8; 1Ti 1:13.+3:18Or accomplished, or carried out.+3:18ἃ προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν παθεῖν τὸν χριστὸν αὐτοῦ ( ha prokatēngeilen dia stomatos pantōn tōn prophētōn pathein to christon autou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+3:19Cf Dt 30:2; Lam 3:40; Is 55:7; Jl 2:12-13.+3:19Cf Col 2:14.+3:20Lit that appointed times of refreshment/relief may come from the face of the Lord. ME (see ANLEX, 53, sv ἀνάψυξις; BDAG, 75, sv ἀνάψυξις; L-N, 22.35; NAC [Ac], 134). Cf Ps 65:12 in the LXX.+3:20Cf Dt 30:1-10; Es 4:14; Ps 102:12-17; Is 40:1; 49:13; 51:3; 57:18; 61:2; Mic 4:8; Zc 12:10-14; Lk 2:25; Ac 1:6; Rm 11:12-16.+3:20Cf 1 Sm 16:1-13; 2 Sm 2:4, 5:1-5.+3:21Lit whom it is necessary for heaven to receive/welcome. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 84). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT.+3:21Ml 4:6. Cf LXX.+3:21Lit the times of the restoration of all things. ME(OTB). Cf Ml 4:4-5; Mt 17:11; Mk 9:12. ἀποκατάστασις ( apokatastasis) is simply the noun form of ἀποκαθίστημι ( apokathistēmi), with God as the implied agent. Cf ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων ( apokatastaseōs pantōn) here with ἀποκαθιστάνει πάντα ( apokathistanei panta) at Mk 9:12 and ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα ( apokatastēsei panta) at Mt 17:11. Note that ἀποκαθίστημι ( apokathistēmai) is used at Ml 4:6 in the LXX to translate šûḇ in the Hiphil (Ml 3:23 in the LXX); cf Brenton’s translation. Just as in Mt 17:11 and Mk 9:12, the allusion here is to Ml 4:1-6. Ml 4:6 makes it clear that the “things” “turned back” or “brought back” are “hearts.” “All” is used as a shorthand reference to the various levels of relationship mentioned in Ml 4:6. Cf Dt 4:29-31, 30:2-3; 1 Ki 18:37-38; 2 Ki 1:1-16; Ml 4:6, Re 11:3-6. Cf also the NET’s rendering of Ml 4:6.+3:21Lit God. Since the implied subject has been made explicit in the preceding clause, a pronoun has been used in translation here.+3:21Lit from an age. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 67.25).+3:21Cf Dt 4:29-31, 30:1-10, 32:35-43; Ml 4:6. αὐτοῦ προφητῶν ( autou prophētōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:22Following the MT in translation. Cf NLT.+3:22Lit from among your brothers. ME (see L-N, 11.25). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+3:22προφήτην ὡς ἐμέ ( prophētēn hōs eme) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+3:22Or listen, or heed. Both hearing and obedience are in view here (see L-N, 36.14; UBSHS [Ac], 85). Cf NET, TEV.+3:22Cf Mt 17:5.+3:23A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+3:23Dt 18:18-19+3:23Lv 23:29+3:24IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 86).+3:24Lit and all the prophets from Samuel and the successors, as many as spoke. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 86). Cf NCV, TEV.+3:24καὶ πάντες οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς ὅσοι ἐλάλησαν ( kai pantes hoi prophētai apo Samuouēl kai tōn kathexēs hosoi elalēsan) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+3:24Lit announced these days. ME. Cf ISV, NIV, NRSV.+3:25Lit you are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 1025, sv υἱός 2.c.β.; UBSHS [Ac], 86). Cf ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+3:25Or with your forefathers. Lit with your fathers.+3:25Lit saying to Abraham.+3:25Or through.+3:25Or families, or peoples.+3:25Gn 22:18, 26:4+3:26πρῶτον ( prōton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Repetition (cf ANLEX, 338, sv πρῶτος 2; BDAG, 894, sv πρῶτος 2.b.) has also been used to the same end. Cf Mt 10:5-6, Rm 1:16.+4:1Lit While they.+4:2Lit because they were teaching the people and proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 91). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+4:3Lit laid hands on. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 37.110).+4:3Lit them.+4:4Or the teaching, or the word.+4:4Lit the number of the men became about five thousand. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 4:4).+4:5Lit their leaders. Cf TEV.+4:7Lit them.+4:7Lit in the middle, or in the midst. ME (see UBSHS [Mk], 104).+4:8Lk 12:11-12. The aorist participle here indicates that the Holy Spirit came upon/filled Peter at that moment for the purpose of enabling him to speak (cf UBSHS [Ac], 95). The phrase “filled with the Spirit” is fairly common in Luke’s writings and is even used to describe events that occur before Pentecost (cf Lk 1:15, 41, 67). Just for the record, I’m not writing this as an anti-charismatic statement. Luke simply doesn’t use the phrase in the same way that it is sometimes used in modern charismatic circles.+4:9ἐν τίνι ( en tini) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+4:9Or healed, or delivered.+4:10γνωστὸν ( gnōston) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:10ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to the referent of this constituent. Cf NIV.+4:10The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+4:11Lit This one, or This man. Cf NLT, NCV, TEV.+4:11Ps 118:22+4:12ἡ σωτηρία ( hē sōtēria) is in a thematically prominent position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra emphasis and stress. Jesus’ name means “Yahweh saves.” Cf Mt 1:21.+4:12οὐδὲ ὄνομά ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις ( oude onoma heteron hupo ton ouranon to dedomenon en anthrōpois) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:12Lit under heaven, or under the sky. ME (see BDAG, 737, sv οὐρανός, 1.b.).+4:12Lit among men.+4:12ἡμᾶς ( hēmas) is in a thematically prominent position, and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give this element extra focus and stress. Cf Ac 3:26.+4:12Cf Dt 32:1-43, 33:26-29; Is 30:27-33, 43:12, 44:8, 45:17, 45:22, 59:20; Jr 23:6, 30:10, 31:7, 46:27; Jl 2:32; Zc 8:13.+4:13Lit they.+4:13παρρησίαν ( parrēsian) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore repetition and a comma have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+4:13ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί καὶ ἰδιῶται ( anthrōpoi agrammatoi kai idiōtai) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and thus a downtoner/adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+4:13Lit that they were uneducated and amateurs. ME(H) (see FSB, Ac 4:13; L-N, 27.23; Stern, JNTC, Ac 4:13).+4:13Lit and they began recognizing them, that they were with Jesus.+4:13Lit that they were with Jesus. ME (see BDAG, 961, sv σὺν 1.a.γ.; UBSHS [Ac], 99). Cf TEV. σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ( sun tō yēsou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). The phrase has been rendered so as to give extra stress to σὺν within the ME.+4:14The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf HCSB, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT.+4:14τόν ἄνθρωπον ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευμένον ( ton anthrōpon estōta ton teherapeumenon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Commas have also been used to give this element extra stress.+4:14οὐδὲν ( ouden) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been rendered with an indefinite article for extra focus and stress.+4:14Cf Ex 4:12; Jr 1:9; Mt 10:20; Mk 13:11; Lk 12:12, 21:15; Jn 15:25; Ac 6:10.+4:15ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ( exō tou sunedriou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+4:16γνωστὸν σημεῖον ( gnōston sēmeion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject). An adverb has been used to the same end.+4:16πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ( pasin tois katoikousin) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+4:17ἐπὶ πλεῖον ( epi pleion) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:18Lit them.+4:18Lit they ordered them not to speak or teach completely/at all/in the slightest degree.+4:19δίκαιόν ( dikaion) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final within the ME (see note at “God?” below) for extra focus and stress.+4:19ὑμῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ ( humōn mallon ē tou theou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+4:19Lit Judge if it is right in the sight of God to obey you rather than God. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 102). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+4:20Cf NCV.+4:20ἃ εἴδαμεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν ( ha eidamen kai ēkousamen) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:21Lit they.+4:21Lit released them.+4:22ἐτῶν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ( etōn pleionōn tesserakonta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore γὰρ ( gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+4:23Lit they.+4:23Lit to their own [people]. ME. Cf NLT, TEV.+4:23Lit in regard to them, or to them, or about them. This is a POD/topical frame (see BART Display and LDGNT).+4:23εἶπαν ( eipan) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+4:24Lit raised voice. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 33.78).+4:24Or together. ὁμοθυμαδὸν ( homothumadon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:24Or heaven.+4:24Or the earth.+4:24Cf Gn 1-2; Ps 8.+4:25τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν στόματος Δαυὶδ παιδός σου ( tou patros hēmōn stomatos David paidos sou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου ( dia pneumatos hagiou) is also potentially focal (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn; cf also LDGNT). Commas have thus been used to give extra focus to διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου, which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν στόματος Δαυὶδ παιδός σου.+4:25Or forefather. Lit father.+4:25Or nations.+4:26The aorists are functioning proleptically here.+4:26Lit will stand near, or will be present. ME (see BDAG, 778, sv παρίστημι/παριστάνω, 2.a.β.; UBSHS [Ac], 106). Cf NCV, NLT.+4:26Lit gather at the same place [ie, for war/battle].+4:26Following MT in translation here. Cf NLT.+4:26See note at “Messiah” in v 27 below.+4:26Ps 2:1-2+4:27Ἡρῴδης τε καὶ Πόντιος Πιλᾶτος σὺν ἔθνεσιν καὶ λαοῖς Ἰσραήλ ( Hērōdēs te kai Pontios Pilatos sun ethnesin kai laois Israel) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:27Or in. Lit of. The genitive has been interpreted as a genitive of subordination. This is reflected in the translation. λαός ( laos) here is in the dative plural, referencing “the peoples” mentioned in v 25. The parallelism there indicates that “the peoples” is referring to Gentile nations. Therefore, the genitive here is not functioning appositionally, but is better understood either as a genitive of subordination (note the mention of Pilate and Herod), or as a genitive of place.+4:27The verb used here χρίω ( xriō) is the word from which Χριστός ( christos) (“Anointed One,” or “Messiah”) is derived (see NASB Dic, 5547, 5548). Since information flow is tied to the cognates here, both “anointed” and “Messiah” have been used in translation—both here and in v 26. Cf CJB, TEV.+4:28The infinitive here has been translated as an infinitive of result, although purpose is also likely in view here (the purpose would have been purpose on the part of God, since the human actors for their part planned to kill Jesus without actively knowing that they were fulfilling God’s will). Divine purpose is implied by “carry out” and the other lexemes in this context.+4:28Lit to carry out everything that your hand and your plan decided in advance/already decided would happen. ME (see L-N, 30.84; UBSHS [Ac], 107). Cf TEV.+4:29See vv 21 and 23. The article is a weak demonstrative in Greek.+4:29Or message.+4:29μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης ( meta parrēsias pasēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with πάσης ( pasēs) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics and repetition have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:30τὴν χεῖρά [σου] ( tēn cheira [sou]) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf the translation and note at Mt 4:6.+4:30ἴασιν καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ( yasin kai sēmeia kai terata) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:31Lit the place in which they were. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+4:31Cf ISV.+4:32τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ ( ti tōn huparchontôn auto) is a POD (see BART Display).+4:32Lit was saying it was his own. ME (see BDAG, 466, sv ἴδιος 1.a.). ἴδιον ( idion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME.+4:32Lit but all things were theirs/to them in common. ME (see L-N, 57.99; UBSHS [Ac], 65). Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+4:33δυνάμει μεγάλῃ ( dunamei megalē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:33Lit giving the witness/testimony.+4:33χάρις μεγάλη ( charis megalē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME (see following note).+4:33Lit and great favor was on them all, or great grace was on them all. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 111). Cf CJB, NJB. Cf also Ac 2:47.+4:34οὐδὲ ἐνδεής τις ( oude endeēs tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject). The negative particle has also been grouped with this element to give it extra focus and stress.+4:34κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ( ktētores chōriōn ē oikiōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore γὰρ ( gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+4:34Lit selling [them].+4:35Lit It.+4:35Lit to each in proportion to/to the degree that someone had need. ME. Cf CJB, TEV.+4:36IT. Cf NLT.+4:36And/or Consoler, or Exhorter, or Encourager. Lit son of exhortation/consolation/encouragement. ME (I/F) (see L-N, 9.4). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV. Cf BSL, Ac 4:37, sv παράκλησις. The context suggests that Barnabas received the name because his generous act brought relief and help to those in the community of believers who had little and were struggling. Hence the rendering here.+4:36IT. Cf NLT.+4:37Lit a field being to him. ME. Cf HCSB, NLT, TEV.+5:1Ἀνὴρ τις Ἁνανίας ὀνόματι σὺν Σαπφίρῃ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ ( anēr tis Ananias onomati sun Sapphirē tē gunaiki autou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a dummy subject and subordination have been used to give this element extra focus and stress. This device is commonly used in English to introduce new characters into a narrative (see UBSHS [Ac], 115). Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+5:1Ἁνανίας ( Ananias) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:2παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ( para tous podas tōn apostolōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:3Lit because of what...?, or why...?. The question here is rhetorical. Cf NIV.+5:3Lit filled your heart. ME (see note at Mk 3:4; UBSHS [Ac], 115).+5:4Lit While it was remaining. ME (see BDAG, 631, sv μένω 1.b.) Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+5:4σοὶ ( soi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+5:4Lit it was in your authority. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 116). ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ( en tē sē exousia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been rendered so as to give extra focus to this element within the ME.+5:4Lit Why that you set in your heart this deed? ME (see BDAG, 509, sv καρδία 1.b.γ.). Cf TEV.+5:4τῷ θεῷ ( tō theō) is in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and thus the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:4ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Mt 19:26).+5:5Cf Re 2:16, 22-23.+5:5The direct object is implied from the context. Cf ESV, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+5:6Here, “got up” means the initiation of an action (see BDAG, 83, sv ἀνίστημι 10; UBSHS [Ac], 116).+5:6Lit wrapped him. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, TEV.+5:8Cf TEV.+5:8τοσούτου ( tosoutou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element.+5:8“Two of” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context.+5:8Cf TEV.+5:9“Two of” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context.+5:9Lit Why that it was agreed by you...? ME. Cf ISV, NIV, NLT.+5:9οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ( hoi podes tōn thapsantōn ton andra sou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+5:9IT. According to BDAG, feet here “represent the person who is in motion” (see BDAG, 858, sv πούς 1.b.). Cf NLT, TEV.+5:10Lit they found her dead. An active search is not implied here. Cf BDAG, 411, sv εὑρίσκω 1.b.; UBSHS (Lk), 683; UBSHS (Mk), 434.+5:10The direct object is implied from the context.+5:10Lit carrying her out, they entombed her next to her husband.+5:11IT. Cf ISV.+5:13Lit they. Cf NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:13Or were in one accord.+5:13Lit with them.+5:14IT. Cf NASB, TEV.+5:15ὥστε ( hōste) here has been interpreted as signaling result in connection with v 12a (the position favored in the UBSHS; see UBSHS [Ac], 121). This is reflected in the translation. Cf NJB, NLT, TEV.+5:15Cf ISV, NIV.+5:15καὶ εἰς τὰς πλατείας ( kai eis tas plateias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Cf NCV.+5:15Here the purpose/intent of the ἵνα ( hina) clause and the potentiality of the subjunctive mood are more naturally expressed in English with something like “hoping that.” Cf NCV; NEB at Rm 1:13 (see UBSHS [Rm], 17).+5:17Cf TEV; translation and note at Ac 5:6.+5:18The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+5:18Lit laid hands on. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 37.110).+5:18Or common, or public.+5:19Or The angel. See note at Mt 1:20.+5:19Or doors.+5:20Lit go and, stopping/standing, speak in the temple courts. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 124).+5:20Lit speak to the people all the words of this life. ME/IT (see NAC [Ac], 166; Robertson, Word Pictures, Ac 5:20). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+5:20Cf Ac 3:15, 4:1-2, 4:12, 11:14, 11:18; 13:46, 15:11; 16:17.+5:21Or On hearing [this]. ἀκούω ( akouō) here can refer either to hearing (see, eg, L-N, 24.52; cf, eg, ISV, NET), and/or obeying (see, eg, L-N, 36.14; cf HCSB, TEV).+5:21The genitive has been interpreted as a genitive of subordination. This is reflected in the translation.+5:21Lit sons. ME (see L-N, 11.58).+5:21Lit sent to the prison for them to be brought. Cf TEV.+5:23IT. Cf TEV.+5:23οὐδένα ( ou dena) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been rendered such as to receive extra focus and stress.+5:23“No one” here is interpreted as referencing the apostles, and not all of the prisoners (for further discussion, see UBSHS [Ac], 126). This is reflected in the translation.+5:24Lit were at a loss concerning them. ME. Cf ISV, TEV.+5:24Lit were at a loss concerning them, as to what this thing might possibly become. ME/EFE. The optative is used here. See note at Lk 15:26. The same applies here.+5:25The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+5:25Lit are standing. As in v 20, the focus here is not on posture but location (see UBSHS [Ac], 126).+5:25ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ( en tō yerō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:26The context (see v 27) indicates that the imperfect is functioning inceptively here.+5:26Lit them.+5:26Lit for they feared the people, lest they be stoned. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+5:28παραγγελίᾳ ( parangelia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to the ME (see following note).+5:28Lit with an order we ordered. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 127; NET Bible Notes, Ac 5:28).+5:28Lit determined to bring on us. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 127; see also note at Mt 27:24). Cf TEV.+5:29πειθαρχεῖν θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις ( peitharchein theō mallon ē anthrōpois) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). A cleft-construction and an adjective (see note at “mere” below) have been used to give extra focus to the split element.+5:29IT (see note at Mt 19:26).+5:30Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+5:30Cf Dt 18:15-19; Ac 4:22, 26. Here, “raise up” can either mean something like to “send” (cf Ac 4:22, 26), or to “raise to life.”+5:30The participle here is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, NASB, NET, NIV, NKJV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+5:30The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+5:30An allusion to Dt 21:22.+5:31IT. The right hand is the place of honor (see UBSHS [Ac], 128). Cf NIV, NLT. This is signaled subtly in translation through a possessive adjective (cf NIV), so as not to draw too much attention away from the focal element (see note at “very” below).+5:31ἀρχηγὸν καὶ σωτῆρα ( archēgon kai sōtēra) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:31Or author, or originator. Cf Ac 3:15.+5:31καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ( kai aphesin hamartiōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured to allow “forgiven” to land in clause-final. Cf CJB, TEV.+5:31Lit to give repentance to Israel and forgiveness of sins. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 129; cf BDAG, 640, sv μετάνοια). Cf CJB, TEV.+5:31Cf Is 55:6-7, Ac 11:18; 2 Ti 2:25; Heb 12:17.+5:32Following the TEV in translation here.+5:33Lit When they. Cf TEV.+5:33Lit them.+5:34ἔξω ( exō) and βραχὺ ( brachu) are in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to βραχὺ, which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to ἔξω.+5:35Lit said to them.+5:35Cf NCV.+5:36Lit Before these days. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 130). Cf HCSB.+5:36Cf Mt 24:5, 24:24-26; Mk 13:6, 13: 21-23, 15:7; Lk 21:8, 23:18-19; Ac 21:38.+5:36Lit a number of men about four hundred. ἀριθμὸς ὡς τετρακοσίων ( artithmost hōs tetrakosiōn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+5:36IT. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+5:36Lit all who were being persuaded by him, or all who were following/obeying him. ME. Cf, eg, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+5:36Lit and it became into nothing. ME. Cf TEV.+5:37Lit After this man.+5:37Lit in the days of. ME. Cf TEV.+5:37Lit caused people to revolt after/behind him.+5:38IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV; BDAG, 495, sv καί 1.b.ζ.+5:38IT. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:39ἐκ θεοῦ ( ek theou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:39Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 412, sv εὑρίσκω 2).+5:39θεομάχοι ( theomachoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun (cf NCV) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:39Lit They.+5:39Lit by him.+5:41Lit they.+5:41ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ( huper tou onomatos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:41Or on the Name’s behalf.+5:42Or proclaiming the gospel about the Messiah, Jesus.+6:1Lit In those days. ME. Cf CJB.+6:1Or Greek-speaking.+6:1Lit complaining/grumbling/whispering arose from the Greek-speaking Jews. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT.+6:1IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 134). Cf TEV.+6:1Or Hebrew-speaking.+6:1αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν ( hai xhērai autōn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:2Or desirable, or proper. ἀρεστόν ( areston) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:2IT. Cf TEV.+6:2Lit for us to serve tables. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 57.230; UBSHS [Ac], 135).+6:3Cf NLT.+6:4τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου ( tē proseuchē kai tē diakonia tou logou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+6:4Or service.+6:4Lit will persist/continue in. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 136). Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+6:5Lit The statement was pleasing in the sight of all the multitude/group/community. ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV.+6:5Cf Ac 2:11.+6:6Lit whom.+6:6Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+6:6Lit [and] laid hands on them. ME(OTB)/IT (see NAC [Ac], 182; UBSHS [1 Ti], 105, 132). Cf Dt 34:9; Nu 27:16-23; 1 Ti 5:22; 2 Ti 1:6.+6:7πολύς ὄχλος τῶν ἱερέων ( polus ochlos tōn yereōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an ascensive adverb (cf ISV) and intensive pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:8Lit full of grace. ME (see translation and note at 1 Co 1:4, 3:10; BDAG, 1080, χάρις 4). Cf NCV, TEV.+6:8Or great. Drawing from BSL in translation here (see BSL, Ac 6:8, sv μέγας).+6:9IT. Cf NLT.+6:9IT. Cf TEV.+6:9IT. See L-N, 93.501; NET Bible Notes, Ac 6:9. Cf NET, NIV.+6:10Lit they were unable to oppose/resist the wisdom and the Spirit by whom he was speaking. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 139). Cf NCV, TEV.+6:10Cf Ex 4:12; Jr 1:9; Mt 10:20; Mk 13:11; Lk 12:12, 21:15; Jn 15:25; Ac 6:10.+6:11Or they bribed.+6:11Lit him.+6:13Or the Law. Cf CJB.+6:15Cf TEV.+6:15Lit on him.+6:15Lit they saw his face like the face of angel. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 141). Cf Ex 34:29-30; Mt 17:4; 2 Co 3:7-13.+7:1Lit If these things thus have?. ME (see L-N, 13.2). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:2Lit he.+7:2Or the God of glory.+7:2Or forefather. Lit father.+7:2IT (see L-N, 93.613).+7:3δείξω ( deixō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:3Gn 12:1+7:4Lit he.+7:4Lit he.+7:4Lit him.+7:5Lit not even the step of a foot. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 80.3; UBSHS [Ac], 7:5).+7:5Lit it.+7:5καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτόν ( kai tō spermati autou met’ auton) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+7:5An allusion Gn 12:7, 13:15, 15:2, 15:18, 17:8, 24:7, and 48:4. Cf Gl 3:16.+7:5Lit he.+7:6Lit his. Following the lead of the NET in translation here (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 7:6). Cf also CJB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+7:6Lit and they.+7:7ἐγώ ( egō) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give this element extra stress.+7:7Gn 15:13-14+7:7Or and worship me. In view here is the carrying out of sacred duties before God (see BDAG, 586, sv λατρεύω; NET Bible Notes, Ac 7:7).+7:7Ex 3:12+7:8Lit him.+7:8Lit gave him the covenant of circumcision. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 146). Cf TEV.+7:8Lit he.+7:8Lit circumcised him.+7:9The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf LEB, NET, NIV.+7:9Lit with him.+7:10Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NET, NRSV.+7:10οἶκος ( oikos) in this context can refer to the royal household (see, eg, L-N, 10.8; cf TEV), and/or the possessions associated with that household (see, eg, L-N, 57.21; cf BDAG, 699, sv οἶκος 4). Both are probably in view here. Cf Gn 41:41-44; Ps 105:21.+7:11Lit a famine struck all Egypt and Canaan.+7:11καὶ θλῖψις μεγάλη ( kai thilpsis megalē) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been segmented with commas for extra focus and stress. Cf ISV.+7:11Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+7:11οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ( hoi pateres hēmōn) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give this element extra stress.+7:13Lit and the family of Joseph became known to Pharoah. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 149). Cf NCV, NCV, TEV. Cf also Gn 45:16.+7:14IT. Cf TEV.+7:14Lit in souls. Here “soul” is used for the whole person (see, eg, L-N, 9.20).+7:14ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε ( hebdomēkonta pente) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed at the end of the phrase for extra focus and stress.+7:15IT. Cf NASB, NET, NRSV.+7:15IT. Cf CJB.+7:16Lit They. ME(OTB)/IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 149). Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV. This is referring to the dead bodies/bones of Joseph and Jacob, which were both embalmed (see Gn 50:1-2, 26), and at different times were moved back to Israel (see Gn 50:4-14, 24-26).+7:16Gn 23:16, 35:19, 50:4-26; Ex 13:19; Jsh 24:32.+7:17Lit As the time of the promise which God had sworn to Abraham was/kept drawing near. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+7:18Translating here in a way similar to how I’ve translated at Mt 13:33. See translation and note there.+7:18Ex 1:8+7:19IT. Cf, eg, HCSB, ISV, NET.+7:19αὐτῶν ( autōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:19Lit so that they.+7:20Lit and he was beautiful to God. ME(I/F/OTB) (see DBL Greek, #842.2; UBSHS [Ac], 151; NET Bible Notes, Jnh 3:3). Cf Gn 23:6; 30:8; Ex 9:28; 1 Sm 14:15; Ps 36:6, 80:10; Jnh 3:3.+7:20Lit who was brought up/raised for three months.+7:22Lit And he was educated in all the wisdom/learning/insight of the Egyptians. ME. πᾶς ( pas) here is signaling different kinds of wisdom and knowledge (see BDAG, 784, sv 5). This is difficult to bring out with a strictly literal rendering, and thus the genitive has been rendered as a subjective genitive in translation. Cf NCV.+7:22Or powerful.+7:22Lit in his words and deeds. ME. Cf NCV.+7:23Lit he.+7:23Lit it arose in his heart. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 30.17, UBSHS [Ac], 152). Cf HCSB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:23Lit his brothers. ME. Cf NET.+7:23Lit sons. ME (see L-N, 11.58).+7:25Lit that the brothers. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+7:25Or salvation.+7:25Lit by his hand. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 9.17). διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ( dia cheiros autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+7:26Lit he appeared to them as they. That two Israelite men are involved is clear from the context (see v 27; cf NET Bible Notes, Ac 7:26; UBSHS [Ac], 152). Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, TEV.+7:26Lit tried to reconcile them to peace. ME. Cf ESV, NIV, NRSV, RSV.+7:26ἀδελφοί ( adelphoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:27τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:28ἀνελεῖν με ( aneilein me) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:28τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ( ton agiuption) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. A demonstrative pronoun has also been used to give this element extra focus (in Greek the article is a weak demonstrative).+7:28Ex 2:14+7:29Lit Moses fled at this word. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:30Ex 3:2. ἄγγελος ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς βάτου ( angelos en phlogi puros batou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+7:31Lit the voice of the Lord happened. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+7:32Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+7:32Lit “of.” ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Mt 22:32).+7:32Ex 3:6+7:32ἔντρομος ( entromos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+7:32Lit having become trembling. ME/IT (see, eg, ANLEX, 152, sv ἔντρομος; L-N, 16.6). Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:32Cf NET.+7:33γῆ ἁγία ( gē hagia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:34Or seen, or observed, or noticed.+7:34τοῦ στεναγμοῦ αὐτῶν ( tou stenagmou autōn) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:34Ex 3:5, 7-8, 10+7:35Lit This Moses.+7:35τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:35Lit This man. Cf ISV, NET.+7:35Or by means of, or with the help of. Lit with the hand of. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 1083, sv χείρ 2.b.δ.; NET Bible Notes, Ac 7:35; UBSHS [Ac], 156).+7:35ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ( archonta ka lutrōtēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ ( sun cheiri angelou tou ophthentos auto en tē batō) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+7:36οὗτος ( houtos) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress. Cf ISV.+7:36Lit this man.+7:36Lit them.+7:37οὗτος ( houtos) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress. Cf ISV.+7:37Lit This is the Moses. Cf ISV.+7:37Lit sons. ME (see L-N, 11.58).+7:37Lit from among your brothers. ME (see L-N, 11.25). Cf NCV, NLT, NIV, TEV.+7:37προφήτην ὡς ἐμέ ( prophētēn hōs eme) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+7:37Dt 18:15+7:38οὗτος ( houtos) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+7:38Lit This man is the one who. Maintaining consistency in translation here with vv 35-37.+7:38Because of the higher number of relative pronouns in vv 38-39, co-ordinators have been used to ensure that the relative clauses are processed in connection “the same previously rejected man.” Cf NIV.+7:38Some manuscripts read “us.” For a brief discussion of the manuscript variants here, see NET Bible Notes, Ac 7:38.+7:39Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+7:39ὑπήκοοι ( hupēkooi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:39Lit returned in their hearts. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 509, sv καρδία, 1.b.ε.; UBSHS [Ac], 159). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+7:39Cf Ex 16:3; Nm 11:4, 14:3–4, 20:3-5; Ezk 20:8, 24.+7:40Ex 32:1, 23+7:41Lit in those days. ME. Cf NET.+7:41Cf Ex 32:1-6; Dt 4:28; 2 Ki 19:18, 22:17; 2 Ch 32:19, 34:25; Is 37:19, 40:18-20, 44:9-20; Jr 10:1-6, 25:6-7, 32:20, 44:8; Ho 14:3; Mic 5:13.+7:42The meaning of “turned” here is that God takes an adversarial stance against the people (see, eg, Dt 9:19, 28:15-68; Jsh 24:20; 1 Sm 28:16). Cf NCV.+7:42Lit of the army/host of heaven. ME(OTB) (see L-N, 12.45; TWOT, #1491). Cf 2 Ki 21:3; 2 Ch 33:3-5, Jr 8:2.+7:42Or book.+7:42This is a genitive of content.+7:42Lit the book/scroll of the prophets. ME(H) (see UBSHS [Ac], 161). Cf Lk 3:3.+7:42σφάγια καὶ θυσίας ( sphagia kai thusias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:42Lit house. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 11.58).+7:42In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+7:43The aorists here are proleptic. Cf the CJB, ESV, NET, NRSV, RSV, and TEV at Am 5:26-27. The point here is that God, in execution of the covenant curses (see Dt 4:27-28, 28:36, 28:64), is going to send Israel into exile in company with her false gods, the worship of which is what resulted in her exile in the first place. In other words, in the wilderness God allowed Israel to bear his own tabernacle in her midst, but because of disobedience, the nation would in the future (future from the time when the oracle was spoken) have to pick up and bear the tabernacle of her idols and carry them off into exile with her. It certainly does not mean that the Shekinah Glory graciously allowed some sort of idolatrous procession in the camp for forty years (cf Nm 25)!+7:43Lit take up (to carry). For the meaning of ἀναλαμβάνω ( analambanō) in this context, see BDAG, 66, sv ἀναλαμβάνω 2.+7:43IT (see BDAG, 657, sv Μόλοχ).+7:43Or constellation-image. Lit star, or constellation. ME(H)/IT (see L-N, 1.31, 12.45; TWOT, #1491; UBSHS [Ac], 161).+7:43Am 5:25-27. Cf Dt 4:27-28, 28:36, 28:64.+7:44Cf Ex 25:22.+7:44Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+7:44Lit just as the one who spoke to Moses ordered him with detailed instructions to make it according to the pattern he had seen. ME. Cf NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:45Lit which also our fathers with Joshua brought in, having received it in succession, in the taking possession of the nations, which God drove out from the face of our fathers, until the days of David. The mismatch in languages is obviously vast here. For a discussion of challenges in translation, see UBSHS (Ac), 162.+7:46Lit who.+7:46IT. Cf NLT.+7:46Lit house. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 699, sv οἶκος 3).+7:46Lit asked to find a tabernacle/tent for the house of Jacob. ME(I/F/OTB) (see UBSHS [Ac], 163). Cf JB, NEB, TEV. Cf 2 Sm 7:1-8; 1Ch 22:7; Ps 89:19; 132:5 (esp 1 Ch 22:7). Following the NIV at Ps 15:1 in the translation of “tent” here (cf LXX/MT alignment there). For a brief discussion of manuscript variants here (some manuscripts read “for the God of Jacob”), see NET Bible Notes, Ac 7:46.+7:47Σολομὼν ( solomōn) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:47IT. Cf NLT.+7:47Carrying over the connotations of honor and privilege from the preceding clause in translation. Cf NLT in v 46.+7:47Or him. The antecedent here may be the “house of Jacob” (ie, the descendants of Jacob [see note at “descendants” in the preceding verse]; hence the translation “them” here), or God (implied from the context).+7:47Cf 1Ki 6:1–2, 8:17–20; 2 Ch 3:1.+7:48ἐν χειροποιήτοις ( en cheiropoiētois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus ἀλλʼ ( all’) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:49Following the MT in translation here. Cf NLT.+7:49Following the LES at Is 66:1 in translation here. In this context τίς ( tis) approximates ποῖος ( poios) in meaning (cf the preceding clause; Is 66:1 (LXX); LEH LXX Lex, sv τίς).+7:50ἡ χείρ μου ( hē cheir mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+7:50πάντα ( panta) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore repetition has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+7:50Is 66:1-2+7:51Lit You who are stiff-necked and uncircumcised in hearts and in the ears! ME(I/F) (see note at Mk 3:5). Cf Lv 26:41; Dt 10:16, 30:6; Jr 4:4, 9:26; Ezk 44:7-9.+7:51ἀντιπίπτετε ( antipiptete) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:51Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+7:52προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ( prodotai kai phoneis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+7:53Lit by the directions/instructions of angels. ME(H/OTB) (see BDAG, 237, sv διαταγή; L-N, 89.76; NET Bible Notes, Ac 7:53). Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+7:54Lit When they.+7:54IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 167). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+7:55Or the sky.+7:55Lit he.+7:56Or the skies.+7:56ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ( ek dexiōn tou theou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:57Lit rushed together, or rushed in one accord.+7:58Lit The witnesses. ME (see Ac 6:13). Cf NCV, NLT.+7:60Lit fell asleep. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.104).+8:1Cf ISV, NASB, NET, NLT.+8:1Lit his.+8:1Cf NLT.+8:1διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ( diōgmos megas epi tēn ekklēsian tēn en Yerosolumois) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+8:1Lit they all. ME. Cf NCV, NLT.+8:2ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ( andres eulabeis) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:2Lit recovered Stephen.+8:2Drawing from DBL Greek (see DBL Greek, #5172), and M-M (see M-M, 609, sv συνκομίζω) in the translation of συνκομίζω ( sunkomizō) here.+8:2Lit and made great beating of the chest for him. ME(H)/IT (see ANLEX, 235, sv κοπετός; BSL, Ac 8:2)+8:3Or he was causing harm to.+8:3κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους ( kata tous oikous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:5Following the NET in translation here.+8:5Lit proclaimed to them the Messiah. ME. Cf NLT, TEV.+8:6ὁμοθυμαδὸν ( homothumadon) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+8:6Lit with one accord/together/unanimously. Cf Mofft and NAB at Ac 7:57 (see UBSHS [Ac], 168).+8:7βοῶντα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ( boōnta phōnē megalē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:7Lit they.+8:9Ἀνὴρ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων ( Anēr tis onomati Simōn) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+8:9μέγαν ( megan) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and thus an adjective and repetition have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:10Lit to whom all were paying attention.+8:10Or from the youngest to the oldest.+8:10Lit This man is the power of God/the god which is called Great. ME(H) (see NAC [Ac], 215; UBSHS [Ac], 215). Cf HCSB, NIV, TEV.+8:10Lit saying.+8:11ταῖς μαγείαις ( tais mageiais) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+8:13καὶ αὐτὸς ( kai autos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an intensive pronoun (warranted also on lexical grounds; see, eg, L-N, 92.37) has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been rendered ascensively to the same end.+8:14ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ( en yerosolumois) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:14IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+8:16Lit He. Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+8:16Cf BSL, Ac 8:16, sv οὐδέπω.+8:16οὐδέπω ( oudepō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and ἐπʼ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ( ep’ oudeni autōn) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore γὰρ ( gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to these elements.+8:16Or in, or into.+8:16μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ( monon bebaptismenoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:17Lit Then they.+8:17Lit on them.+8:18διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων ( dia tēs epitheseōs tōn cheirōn tōn apostolōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:18The final genitive has been rendered as a subjective genitive in translation.+8:18Lit through the laying on of the hands of the apostles. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+8:20σὺν ( sun) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+8:20διὰ χρημάτων ( dia chrēmatōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:22Lit and ask the Lord if perhaps the intention/thought of your heart will be forgiven you. ME. In the ancient world, the “heart” was seen as the seat of one’s thoughts, emotions, and will (see note at Mk 3:5; cf UBSHS [Ac], 178). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+8:23Lit For I see you being into the gall of bitterness and the bond of unrighteousness. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 88.166; NET Bible Notes, Ac 8:23; UBSHS [Ac], 179).+8:24This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+8:24μηδὲν ὧν εἰρήκατε ( mēden hōn eirēkate) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus μηδὲν, while the split element has been left in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:25Lit they. Cf NCV, NIV.+8:25Or word.+8:25πολλάς κώμας τῶν Σαμαριτῶν ( pollas kōmas tōn samaritōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+8:26Lit spoke to Philip, saying…+8:26Or the angel. See note at Mt 1:20.+8:26Ἄγγελος κυρίου ( Angelos kuriou) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject). To allow for this, “spoke” has been rendered as “came with a message.”+8:26Or on.+8:26Or Get ready and go at noon to the road.+8:26Lit saying.+8:26Or This road is deserted, or This town [ie, Gaza] is [now] deserted.+8:27Lit he.+8:27Lit behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9.+8:27IT. Cf TEV. The verb is implicit in the Greek text, and must be inferred from the context.+8:27Cf Dt 23:1; Is 56:3-8.+8:27Lit who.+8:27Lit was over all her treasury. ME(H). DBL Greek states: “treasury, in context, the financial treasure of a kingdom” (see DBL Greek, #1125).+8:27The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of purpose. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+8:28Lit and sitting. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ESV, NET.+8:28Or chariot.+8:28IT. Cf NLT, NIV, TEV.+8:29Lit Approach and cling to this carriage. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 181). Cf NCV. That Philip is on foot is made clear by the following verse.+8:30Lit heard him.+8:30Lit he.+8:31Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 189, sv γάρ 1.f.). Cf NET.+8:31Lit he.+8:31Lit sit. Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Ac], 182).+8:32ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ( epi sphagēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:32Lit did not open his mouth. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 33.29). Cf TEV.+8:33Drawing from L-N in the translation of ἐν ( en) here (see L-N, 67.136).+8:33Lit In/at humiliation. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+8:33ἤρθη ( ērthē) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+8:33Or His posterity/descendants/family history who can describe? For a discussion of the interpretive possibilities here, see UBSHS (Ac), 182.+8:33ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ( hē zōē autou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction and an emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:33The verb here is functioning proleptically.+8:33Is 53:7-8+8:34Lit I beg/pray/beseech you. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+8:34περὶ τίνος ( peri tinos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:35Lit opening his mouth. ME(I/F/OTB) (see notes at Mt 5:2, Lk 4:21). Contrary to the claim of the UBSHS (see UBSHS [Ac], 183), the statement is not “meaninglessly repetitious.”+8:36Some manuscripts have (with minor variations) verse 37: “And Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may.’ And he replied, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God’” (ESV). For a brief discussion of the manuscript variants here, see NET Bible Notes, Ac 8:36.+8:38Lit he ordered to stop. A driver (or perhaps drivers) is obviously implied in the command. Though English does technically allow for verbs of command to be used with inanimate objects, in this situation it sounds awkward (as with many languages; cf, eg, the discussion in UBSHS [Ac], 184). At the same time, the number of drivers is not mentioned in the text. Hence, a passive construction has been used in translation.+8:38Lit he.+8:39Lit him.+8:39Or And the eunuch saw him no longer, or And the eunuch did not see him anymore. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+8:40IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 185). Cf NCV, NLT.+8:40IT. The direct object is implied from the context. Cf ISV, NET.+8:40πάσας ( pasas) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore repetition has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:40IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 8:40).+8:40Lit until he came to Caesarea. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 185). Cf NCV.+9:1Lit threats and murder. “Threats and murder” has been interpreted as a hendiadys. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, NIV+9:2Or of introduction. ME(H)/IT (see JFB, 2:183; UBSHS [Ac], 187). Cf TEV.+9:2πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς ( pros tas sunagōgas) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:2τινας τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας ( tinas tēs hodou ontas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), with τῆς ὁδοῦ ( tēs hodou) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:2δεδεμένους ( dedemenous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+9:3Lit Now in the to be going, it happened that he to be drawing near to Damascus. The gap between languages here is obvious. Cf UBSHS (Ac), 187.+9:3“Intensely bright” is drawn from περιαστράπτω ( periastraptō) (see BSL, Ac 9:3, sv). Cf NCV.+9:3Or from the sky.+9:4διώκεις ( diōkeis) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:5Lit he.+9:5IT. Cf, eg, TEV.+9:7Lit with him.+9:7Or the voice. Cf Ac 22:9.+9:7μηδένα ( mēdena) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been grouped with this element in translation in order to give it extra focus and stress. Cf ESV, HCSB, LEB, NASB, NET, NKJV, NRSV, RSV.+9:8The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NASB, NET, NRSV.+9:8οὐδὲν ( ouden) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus has been rendered with an indefinite article for extra focus and stress.+9:8Lit they. Cf NET, NLT.+9:9ἡμέρας τρεῖς ( ‘ēmeras treis) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:9Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf TEV.+9:10Lit he.+9:11IT. Cf NCV.+9:11Σαῦλον ( saulon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:11Lit For behold. Cf ISV.+9:12Ἁνανίαν ( Hananian) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:13Lit I have heard from many people. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+9:13τοῖς ἁγίοις σου ( tois hagiois sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+9:14Lit And here. Following Mfft in translation here (see UBSHS [Ac], 191).+9:15The LSGNT Notes mark μοι ( moi) here as a dative of advantage (see LSGNT Notes, Ac 9:15, sv). This interpretation is reflected in the translation.+9:15σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ( skeuos eklogēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+9:15Lit sons. ME (see L-N, 11.58).+9:16παθεῖν ( pathein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:16Or on my name’s behalf. ὑπὲρ ( huper) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed at the end of the phrase for extra stress.+9:17Lit the. The article here points readers back to v 11. Cf NCV.+9:17Lit on him.+9:17ὁ κύριος ( ho kurios yēsous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+9:17IT. Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+9:18Lit his.+9:18ὡς λεπίδες ( hōs lepides) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject). Cf NASB.+9:19Lit He.+9:20Lit and immediately in the synagogues. ME. Cf TEV.+9:20IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT.+9:21IT. The direct object is implied from the context. Cf most English translations.+9:21τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ( tous epikaloumenous to onoma touto) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+9:21Lit And here.+9:21εἰς τοῦτο ( eis touto) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus an adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+9:22Lit Saul increased more in strength. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 194). Cf NLT, TEV.+9:22Lit the Jews. ME(H). In many places in the book of Acts, the term “Jews” refers “specifically...to Jewish religious leaders, and others under their influence, who opposed the Christian faith in that time” (ESV footnote, Ac 9:23; cf BDAG, 479, sv Ἰουδαῖος 2.e.β.; NET Bible Notes, Jn 1:19).+9:22Drawing from ANLEX in translation here (see ANLEX, 361, sv συμβιβάζω 2.a.).+9:22Lit that this man.+9:23Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Ac 9:22).+9:24ἀνέλωσιν ( anelōsin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:25Lit his.+9:25IT (see BDAG, 994, sv τεῖχος). Cf NCV, NLT.+9:25Lit through the wall. ME/IT. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, NCV, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV. διὰ τοῦ τείχους ( dia tou teixous) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a comma has been used to give this element extra stress.+9:26Lit he.+9:26IT. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT.+9:27Cf TEV.+9:28Lit And so he was with/among them going in and out in Jerusalem. ME(I/F) (see NET Bible Notes, Jr 37:4, Ac 9:28; UBSHS [Ac], 197). Cf NET. Cf also CJB and NET at Jr 37:4.+9:29Or Greek-speaking.+9:29Or they were trying to kill him, or they began trying to kill him.+9:31Lit had peace. ME. In this context, “had peace” means that there was a respite from persecution (see BDAG, 287, εἰρήνη 1.b.; UBSHS [Ac], 197).+9:31καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Γαλιλαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας ( kath’ holēs tēs Youdaias kai Galilaias kai Smareias) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+9:31For the range of meaning possible with παράκλησις ( paraklēsis), see translation and notes at Jn 14:17 and 2 Co 1:4.+9:31Translating the genitive as a subjective genitive. Cf NCV, NIV.+9:32Lit the holy ones. Cf NCV, NIV, REB.+9:32IT (see L-N, 93.518).+9:33Lit there.+9:33ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ ( ex etōn oktō) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+9:33Or since he was eight years old.+9:34Lit Get up and spread for yourself. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 199). Cf LEB, NET, NIV, NLT.+9:35IT (see L-N, 93.575; NET Bible Notes, Ac 9:35). Cf NCV.+9:36IT (see ANLEX, 204, sv Ἰόππη).+9:36Lit which being translated is said Dorcas. ME(H)/IT (see BSL, Ac 9:36, sv Δορκάς; UBSHS [Ac], 200). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:36Lit was full of good deeds and acts of charity to the poor that she was doing. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 200). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+9:37Lit in those days. ME. Cf NCV.+9:37Lit she. Cf NCV.+9:37IT. Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+9:37This is an indefinite plural. For more on indefinite plurals, see Wallace, Grammar, 402-3.+9:37Lit in the upper room. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 1:13).+9:38The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, HCSB, LEB, NET, NRSV, RSV.+9:38ἐγγὺς τῇ Ἰόππῃ ( engus tē yoppē) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:38IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+9:38Πέτρος ( Petros) is in P2 (see BART Display), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+9:38Lit in it.+9:38Lit Do not delay to come through to us. ME. Cf most English translations.+9:39Lit to the upper room. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 1:13).+9:39Lit tunics.+9:39ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Mt 5:40).+9:39Cf Ex 22:26-27; Dt 24:12-13.+9:39μετʼ ( met’) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:41Lit he.+9:41Lit \it the holy ones it*.+9:42Lit It. Cf HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, NRSV.+9:42γνωστὸν ( gnōston) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra and stress. An adverb has been used to give this element extra focus.+9:43ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς ( hēmeras hikanas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and an adverb have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+9:43Lit he.+10:1Lit a centurion. ME(H). A centurion had charge over one hundred soldiers, and their responsibilities “were broadly similar to modern junior officers” ( NET Bible Notes, Mt 8:5).+10:2Lit doing many alms for the people. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+10:3IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT.+10:3Lit about the third hour of the day. ME(H). Cf, eg, NET, NIV, TEV.+10:3Lit He saw in a vision clearly. ME. Cf TEV.+10:4Or What is it, lord?+10:4ἔμφοβος ( emphobos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a strong gloss has been used in translation to give this element extra stress.+10:4Cf Lv 2:9-16; Ps 141:2; Heb 13:15.+10:4Lit he.+10:6Lit with a certain Simon. “Another Simon” has been used in translation so that this Simon is not confused with Peter. Cf NCV.+10:7Lit he.+10:7“God-fearing” has been used instead of “devout” here (cf 10:2), to make it clear for English readers that devotion to God, rather than loyalty to Cornelius, is meant here.+10:9Lit as those ones.+10:9ἐγγιζόντων ( engizontōn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Repetition has also been used to give this element extra focus.+10:9Lit about the sixth hour. ME(H). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NLT, NIV, TEV.+10:10Lit they.+10:11Or the sky.+10:11σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην ( skeuos ti hōs othonēn megalēn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore part of this element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Cf NCV, TEV.+10:11τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς ( tessarsin archais) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:12Lit in which. Cf NLT.+10:12ME(OTB)/IT. Not all four-footed animals are meant here, but only those that are unclean according to the Torah’s dietary requirements (see v 14). Cf Lv 11. These creatures would have evoked feelings of disgust in a Jew. Since the ritual nature of the defilement/uncleanness is activated here in translation, the words “unclean” or “defiled,” without further qualification, are used in translation from this point forward in the narrative.+10:12Lit four-footed beasts and creeping things of the earth. ME(OTB)/IT. Within Biblical classification, “creeping things” ranged from small reptiles with legs, to snakes, to creatures like rats and mice (see L-N, 4.51; NET Bible Notes, Ac 10:12.). Cf Gn 1:30, 6:20.+10:12Lit birds of the sky. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 809, sv πετεινόν; NET Bible Notes, Ac 10:12). Cf CJB, TEV, NET.+10:13IT. The direct object is implied from the context.+10:14Cf Lv 11.+10:15Or has pronounced. The aorist is interpreted as functioning gnomically. This is reflected in the translation.+10:15ἐκαθάρισεν ( ekatharisen) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:15μὴ κοίνου ( mē koinou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:15Lit what God has made/pronounced clean, you must not call/consider common. ME(OTB)/IT (see Timothy Miller, “Paul’s Priestly Mission and Salvation from the Coming Wrath: A Missiological Probe of Romans 15:16 and the Question of Divine Anger through the Worldview of Leviticus” [PhD diss., Columbia International University, 2024]).+10:16Or This happened a third time. The near demonstrative here may be referring to the number of times God spoke, or to the vision as a whole. For further discussion, see UBSHS (Ac), 209.+10:16Or into the sky.+10:17Lit Now as Peter was at a loss in himself/was perplexed in himself as to what the vision he had seen might possibly be. ME/EFE. The optative is used here. See note at Lk 15:26. The same applies here.+10:18Σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος ( simōn ho epikaloumenos Petros) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the clause-has been rendered so as to give extra focus to this constituent. In order to stress the focal element more naturally in English, direct speech has been used in translation. Cf NCV, TEV.+10:19IT. Cf TEV.+10:19ἄνδρες τρεῖς ( andres treis) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+10:20μηδὲν ( mēden) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb and an adjective of degree have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:20ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+10:21ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:21“Three of” is drawn from the plural “you,” and the context.+10:21Lit What is the reason because of which you are present? ME. Cf CJB.+10:22Lit They.+10:22Lit a centurion. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Mt 8:5). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT.+10:22Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+10:22Lit to hear words from you. ME. Cf ESV, CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, RSV, TEV.+10:23Lit he.+10:23Lit he.+10:23Lit with them.+10:25Lit As it came about Peter to be/about to be entering. ME/IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NLT, TEV.+10:26καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ( kai egō autos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun (also warranted on lexical grounds; see, eg, L-N, 92.37) has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+10:26IT (see note at Mt 19:26; NET Bible Notes, Ac 10:26). Cf ISV, NET, NIV, TEV.+10:27Lit he.+10:27πολλούς ( pollous) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been rendered so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra stress.+10:28“All of” is drawn from the plural “you” and the context, and is used to here to let readers know that Peter is addressing the entire group at this point, not just Cornelius.+10:28According to BDAG, ἀθέμιτος ( athemitos) “refers prim.[arily] not to what is forbidden by ordinance but to violation of tradition or common recognition of what is seemly or proper” (see BDAG, 24, sv). The BSL describes it as prohibition in the sense of being “contrary to accepted morality or convention” (see BSL, Ac 10:28, sv). In other words, it was a cultural “taboo” (Stern, JNTC, 10:28). Drawing from Stern in translation here ( Ibid).+10:28ἀθέμιτόν ( athemiton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:28Lit come to/approach. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 10:28). Cf NLT. Cf also Lk 7:6; Jn 4:9, 18:28; Ac 10:28, 11:1-3; Ga 2:12.+10:28Or of foreigners, or of outsiders, or of Gentiles. Lit from another tribe. In this context, ἀλλόφυλος ( allophulos) clearly means Gentiles (see BDAG, 48, sv; DBL Greek, #260).+10:28ἔδειξεν ( edeixen) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and thus an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+10:28Cf BDAG, 215, sv δείκνυμι 2.+10:28μηδένα ἄνθρωπον ( mēdena anthrōpon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display). The negative particle has been grouped with the preposed element to give it extra focus (cf NET), and the split element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+10:28Lit no man/human being.+10:29ἀναντιρρήτως ( anantirrētōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:29 I ask, therefore, for what reason…? ME. Cf ISV, NET, NIV, NRSV.+10:30Lit From four days. ME(H) (see UBSHS [Ac], 213). Cf CJB, TEV.+10:30Or at this time. Lit until this hour. Cf CJB, ESV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+10:30Lit I was praying. ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 10:30; UBSHS [Ac], 214). Cf CJB, RSV; NEB in UBSHS (Ac), 214. Cf also Ac 3:1.+10:30Lit at/during the ninth hour. ME(H). Cf, eg, HCSB, NET, NIV. τὴν ἐνάτην ( tēn enatēn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+10:30Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB; NIV, and TEV at Ac 1:10.+10:30ἀνὴρ ( anēr) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject). ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ ( en esthēti lampra) may also been in a split focal position (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn). It has thus been grouped with “man” in translation here.+10:31Lit before. ME (see translation and notes at Re 16:19). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+10:33Lit and you did well/kindly coming. ME (see BDAG, 505, sv καλῶς 4.a.; NET Bible Notes, Ac 10:33). Cf NET.+10:33ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ( enōpion tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:33Lit all the things commanded/instructed to you by the Lord. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+10:34Lit opened his mouth and said. ME(I/F/OTB) (see notes at Mt 5:2; Lk 4:21; Ac 8:35).+10:34ἐπʼ ἀληθείας ( ep alētheias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:34Lit that God is not an acceptor of face. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 30.120, 88.238; UBSHS [Mt], 683; UBSHS [Lk], 644; UBSHS [Ac], 215; translation and note at Rm 2:11). Cf NCV and TEV at Rm 2:11.+10:35δεκτὸς ( dektos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Repetition has also been used to give this element extra focus.+10:36Lit sons. ME (see, eg, L-N, 11.58).+10:36Cf Ps 29:11, 37:11, 147:12-13; Is 1:9, 26:12, 32:17, 40:1-2, 52:7, 53:17, 57:19, 66:12.+10:36Lit this one. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV. Most translations seem to interpret the antecedent of the near demonstrative as referring to the Messiah. While this is certainly possible, if not likely, it is also possible that the antecedent is “God” of v 34/“he” of v 36, in which case Peter is saying that God (the one true God of Israel) is the Lord of all men/things (cf, eg, Jsh 3:11; Ps 97:5; Mic 4:13; Zc 4:14; Rm 3:28-30). This is obviously implied, though, even if the Messiah is the antecedent.+10:36The genitive has been translated as a genitive of subordination. Cf UBSHS (Ac), 216.+10:36πάντων ( pantōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:36Or over all things.+10:37Cf TEV; UBSHS (Ac), 216.+10:37Here, Ἰουδαία ( Youdaia) is referring to the whole Jewish territory (see ANLEX, 205, sv Ἰουδαία 2; BDAG, 478, sv Ἰουδαία 2; UBSHS [Lk], 224). Cf TEV.+10:38Cf NET.+10:38ὁ θεὸς ( ho theos) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:39Translating the genitive as a subjective genitive.+10:39Lit whom they. “They” here is referring to the authorities in Jerusalem (see Ac 4:27, 5:29; cf also Lk 24:20; Jn 18), who are implied in “Jerusalem” in the preceding clause. Cf NCV.+10:39The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+10:39The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+10:39Dt 21:22+10:40Lit and granted him to be manifest. ME (OTB) (see translation and note at Jn 14:21). ἐμφανῆ ( emphanē) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:42Or preach to. Since the coming judgment forms the content of the message, “warn” is an appropriate gloss here. Cf the NLT at 2 Pt 2:5. Connotations of warning are also activated by διαμαρτύρομαι ( diamarturomai) (see BDAG, 233, sv διαμαρτύρομαι 2), to which κηρύσσω ( kērussō) is closely connected by καὶ ( kai) within a reported speech.+10:42Lit that this one.+10:43πάντες οἱ προφῆται ( pantes hoi prophētai) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:43Cf NLT, TEV.+10:43ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ( aphesin hamartiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν ( panta ton pisteuonta eis auton) is the DFE among the post-infinitive constituents (see BART Display). Therefore, πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν has been split and segmented with commas for extra focus, and has also been used as a spacer to give extra focus to ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν.+10:45Lit who were from the circumcision. ME(H) (see NAC [Ac], 266; Stern, JNTC, Ac 10:45; UBSHS [Ac], 222). Cf the CJB here, as well as the HCSB, ISV, and TEV at Ac 11:2. Since the phrase used here (ἐκ περιτομῆς [ ek peritomēs]) appears again just a few verses later (see Ac 11:2), it almost certainly means the same thing in both places. At this time, attitudes towards Gentiles varied within different factions of Judaism, and apparently these spilled over into the Messianic movement as Jews from different segments within Judaism turned to Jesus. ἐκ περιτομῆς ( ek peritomēs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus a comma has been used to give extra focus to this constituent within the ME.+10:45καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη ( kai epi ta ethnē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent.+10:46Or in other languages.+10:46Cf Ac 2.+10:47For this gloss of δύναμαι ( dunamai), see LEH LXX Lex, sv. Such is quite appropriate here, where denying the Gentiles baptism would be tantamount to fighting against God.+10:47Lit No one can forbid/prevent the water, for them to be baptized, can he? ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT. τὸ ὕδωρ ( to hudōr) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:47τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ( to pneuma to hagion) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:47In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) or μήτι ( mēti) expect a negative answer (see BDAG, 649, sv μήτι; Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+10:48ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( en tō onomati yēsou Christou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:48Lit Afterward they.+10:48Lit him.+10:48This implied some measure of fellowship. Cf Ga 2:11-13.+11:1Lit They heard. ME. Cf NLT; L-N, 33.212.+11:1IT. Peter himself is obviously one of the apostles.+11:1καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ( kai ta ethnē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent. Cf ESV, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV at Ac 10:45.+11:2Lit those from the circumcision. ME(H) (see note at Ac 10:44).+11:3ἀκροβυστίαν ( akrobustian) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:3IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 222). Cf NLT.+11:3Cf NET.+11:3Lit saying.+11:5Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ISV.+11:5ὅραμα ( horama) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:5σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιεμένην ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( skeuos ti hōs othonēn megalēn tessarsin archais kathiemenēn ek tou ouranou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore part of this element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Cf NCV, TEV.+11:5Or from the sky.+11:5τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς ( tessarsin archais) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:5Cf NCV.+11:6IT. Cf NLT. Cf also Ac 10:12.+11:6ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Ac 10:12).+11:6Lit creeping things of the earth. ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Ac 10:12).+11:6Lit birds of the sky. ME(I/F) (see note at Ac 10:12).+11:7IT. The direct object is implied from the context.+11:8Cf Lv 11.+11:9Or from the sky.+11:9Or has pronounced. The aorist is interpreted as functioning gnomically. This is reflected in the translation.+11:9ἐκαθάρισεν ( ekatharisen) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:9μὴ κοίνου ( mē koinou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:9Lit what God has made/pronounced clean, you must not call/consider common. ME(OTB)/IT (see Timothy Miller, “Paul’s Priestly Mission and Salvation from the Coming Wrath: A Missiological Probe of Romans 15:16 and the Question of Divine Anger through the Worldview of Leviticus” [PhD diss., Columbia International University, 2024]).+11:10Or This happened a third time. See note at Ac 10:16. The same applies here.+11:10Or into the sky.+11:11Lit the house in which we were. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+11:11τρεῖς ἄνδρες ( treis andres) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+11:11πρός με ( pros me) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:12μηδὲν ( mēden) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb and an adjective of degree have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:12IT. Cf NLT.+11:12Lit the home of the man. ME/IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+11:14Lit who will speak words. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, NET, NIV, RSV.+11:15Lit in the to have begun me to speak. This doesn’t mean the exact moment Peter began to talk, but during the early part of his message. Cf CJB.+11:15Or at the beginning. This is a reference to the events of Ac 2.+11:16Lit I remembered the word/utterance of the Lord when he was saying. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+11:16Or in.+11:17ἴσην ( isēn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:17τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ( tēn isēn dōrean) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore οὖν ( oun) has been used as a spacer to give this element extra focus and stress.+11:17The Greek is a bit ambiguous here. The participle could be adjectival or adverbial, and grammatically it could modify “them,” “us,” or both “them and us.” If the participle is adverbial, it could easily be conceived as a temporal participle or as an adverbial of cause, or as perhaps functioning on both levels. If it is temporal, moreover, the relative time could be antecedent or contemporaneous, which presents difficulties depending on which constituent it is modifying (because technically, the Jewish believers received the Spirit many days after putting their faith in the resurrected Messiah, whereas “faith” and “receiving the Spirit” were more of a contemporaneous experience in the case of Cornelius and his household). Thus, all of the following translations fall within the grammatical boundaries: (1) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us who placed our faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (2) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us when we placed our faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (3) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us after we placed our faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (4) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us when they placed their faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (5) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us after they placed their faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (6) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us after we/when they placed our/their faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (7) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us, because they placed their faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (8) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us, because we placed our faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (9) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us, because they (for their part) and we (for our part) place faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…” (10) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us, placing faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…”; (11) “If God gave them the same gift that he also gave us, having placed faith in the Lord Jesus the Messiah…” It seems unlikely to me that Peter/Luke are making a technical point here, and thus the ambiguity has been maintained in translation. “Upon” accomplishes this well, in my opinion, since notions both of temporality and of causality are within its semantic range. For further discussion, see NET Bible Notes, Ac 11:17.+11:17See note at Ac 10:47. A cognate is used here.+11:18καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ( kai tois ethnesin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus καὶ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this constituent.+11:18Lit has given the repentance to/leading to/resulting in/unto life. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 225). Cf TEV; translation and note at Ac 5:31.+11:18Cf Ezk 18:23, 18:32, 33:11.+11:19IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+11:19IT (see, eg, L-N, 93.606).+11:19IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 226).+11:19IT. See following note.+11:19IT (see EBD, sv Antioch; UBSHS [Ac], 226). Cf NLT.+11:20The direct object is implied from the context. Cf, eg, NCV, TEV.+11:20Or to Hellinized Jews. Lit to the Hellenists. A number of important manuscripts read “Greeks” here (see Robertson, Word Pictures, Ac 11:20). Though Ἑλληνιστής ( hellēnistēs) is used three times in Acts (Ac 6:1, 9:29, and, in a number of important manuscripts, here at Ac 11:20 as well), it “is not found either in Greek or Hellenistic Jewish literature” ( TDNT, 2:511). Its various uses in Acts indicate that its precise meaning is highly dependent on context. In Ac 6:1, it refers to a segment of Jewish believers, and in 9:29 it refers to adversarial, non-believing Jews who spoke Greek. Although in this context it could possibly mean Greek-speaking Jews, it most likely means Hellenized non-Jewish peoples. For further discussion, see NAC (Ac), 270; TDNT, 2:508-12.+11:21Lit hand. ME(I/F) (see note at Ac 7:35). Cf NLT, TEV.+11:21πολύς τε ἀριθμὸς ὁ πιστεύσας ( polus te arithmos ho pesteusas) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:21The participle here is arthrous, and therefore must be attributive (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 11:21). Cf HCSB, NASB, NET, RSV.+11:22Lit The word was heard in the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem ME (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 11:22; UBSHS [Ac], 227). Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+11:22Or concerning them.+11:23Lit with purpose/resolve/plan of heart. ME(I/F) (see BSL, Ac 11:23, sv πρόθεσις; UBSHS [Ac], 228). Many interpreters and translations read “purpose of heart” in connection with the infinitive phrase here. In that case the element would be focally prominent. However, through personal correspondence Dr. Stephen Levinsohn told me that this grouping is suspect because the element is arthrous (ie, it has the definite article).+11:24Lit were added to. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 228). Cf ISV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+11:25Lit he.+11:26καὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον ( kai eniauton holon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:26Lit they.+11:26Or were the guests of the assembly.+11:26Traditionally “Christians” (a transliteration). ME(H) (see FSB, Ac 11:26; HNTC [Ac], 181; NAC [Ac], 273; UBSHS [Ac], 228). Χριστιανούς ( Christianous) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:27Lit In these days. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT.+11:28Or the whole inhabited earth.+11:28λιμὸν μεγάλην ( limon megalēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+11:28Lit which.+11:28IT (see BDAG, sv Κλαύδιος 1).+11:29IT (see BDAG, 410, sv εὐπορέω). Cf ISV. This is obviously referring to a financial gift/collection.+11:29ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ( en tē youdaia) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:29Lit Now the disciples, according as someone was prospering/had financial means, each of them determined to send for support/service to the brothers who lived in Jerusalem. ME (see BDAG, 410, sv εὐπορέω; NAC [Ac], 275; UBSHS [Ac], 230). εἰς διακονίαν ( eis diakonian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element has been placed in clause-final within the ME for extra focus and stress.+11:30Lit which also.+11:30Lit by the hand of. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 9.17; UBSHS [Ac], 230).+12:1Cf NCV, NET, ISV, TEV.+12:1Lit Herod the King. ME(H)/IT (see NAC [Ac], 277).+12:1Lit threw hands on to harm. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 37.110; UBSHS [Ac], 232). The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+12:3ἀρεστόν ( areston) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+12:3Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see translation and note at Ac 9:22; NAC [Ac], 278).+12:4The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+12:4Lit he.+12:4Lit handing him over to four squads of four soldiers to guard him. ME(H) (see UBSHS [Ac], 233). Cf HCSB, NLT, TEV.+12:4Lit before the people. ME (see L-N, 15.176; NET Bible Notes, Ac 12:4). Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+12:4μετὰ τὸ πάσχα ( meta to pascha) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+12:5Lit prayer was fervently/continuously being made by the assembly to God for him. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV. προσευχὴ ( proseuchē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition and a comma have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:5ἐκτενῶς ( ektenōs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element. The element has also been segmented from the rest of the clause for extra focus and stress. Both intensity and duration are involved here (see L-N, 25.71, 68.12).+12:6Lit Now when Herod was about to.+12:6Lit bound with two chains. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 234).+12:6πρὸ τῆς θύρας ( pros tēs thuras) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+12:7Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NIV and TEV at Ac 1:10.+12:7Or the angel. See note at Mt 1:20.+12:7ἄγγελος κυρίου ( angelos kuriou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+12:7φῶς ( phōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:7Lit Get up in quickness. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+12:7Lit from his.+12:8Lit he.+12:8Lit he.+12:9Lit he.+12:9IT. The direct object is implied here from the context.+12:9Lit and he didn’t realize. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ISV, TEV.+12:9ἀληθές ( alēthes) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:9ὅραμα ( horama) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:10αὐτομάτη ( automatē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+12:10Or continued the length of one street.+12:11Lit from the hand. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 37.14). Cf CJB, TEV.+12:11Lit all the expectation of the people of the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Ac 9:22).+12:12IT. The direct object is implied here from the context. Cf, eg, ISV, NET.+12:14IT. Cf TEV.+12:15οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give this element extra focus within the ME (see following note).+12:15Lit She kept insisting it to have thus. ME.+12:15ὁ ἄγγελός αὐτοῦ ( ho angelos autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:16IT (see v 14). Cf NLT.+12:17ὁ κύριος ( ho kurios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:17IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+12:17ἕτερον ( heteron) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the phrase has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra stress.+12:18Lit no small confusion/distress/tumult. Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+12:18τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:18Following the structuring of the TEV in translation here.+12:19The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively (or more on causative/ergative actives [in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action], see Wallace, Grammar, 411). In order for this to be expressed more naturally in English, finite verbs have been used in translation.+12:19Lit for him.+12:19Lit and not finding him. The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively (or more on causative/ergative actives [in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action], see Wallace, Grammar, 411), and thus a passive construction, with Peter as the subject, has been used in translation. Cf NLT.+12:19Lit he.+12:19Lit And going down from Judea to Caesarea, he spent some time [there]. ME. Cf TEV.+12:20Lit he. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+12:20IT (see ANLEX, 386, sv Τύριος).+12:20Lit they.+12:20Lit together/in one accord they came/were present before him. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 240).+12:20Lit the man over the bedroom of the king. ME(I/F) (see DBL Greek, #3131; L-N, 7.29).+12:20Lit because of their country being provided with food by the [country] belonging to the king. ME (see UBHS [Ac], 240).+12:22θεοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου ( theou kai ouk anthrōpou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and a downtoning adjective have been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+12:22Lit The voice of a god and not of a man. ME. Cf TEV+12:23Lit him.+12:23παραχρῆμα ( parachrēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+12:23Or immediately. Drawing the LALS in translation here (see LALS, sv παραχρῆμα).+12:23Lit Becoming worm-eaten. ME(H/I/F). This is referring to some sort of intestinal worms bringing about Herod’s death, not to worms eating his body after his death (see UBSHS [Ac], 241). This has been made clear in translation. Cf HCSB+12:23Lit he died. ME(H)/IT. When ancient writers mentioned worms in connection with death, it often implied a humiliating death for someone particularly wicked (see UBSHS [Ac], 241; NET Bible Notes, 12:23).+12:24Lit The word of God kept growing and multiplying. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 241). Cf NCV, NRSV, TEV.+12:25Lit having carried out the service. ME (see translation and note at Ac 11:29). This is pointing readers back to Ac 11:29-30, and so similar language has been used in translation here.+12:25Or they returned from (manuscript variant; see NET Bible Notes, Ac 12:25) Jerusalem, having delivered…, or, they returned to Jerusalem, having delivered… Cf NLT.+12:25IT. Cf, eg, ISV, NET, NIV.+12:25IT. Cf ISV, LEB, NIV.+13:1Lit in the assembly that was [there].+13:1προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι ( prophētai kai didaskaloi) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+13:1IT (see NASB-Dic, #3526). Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+13:1Or who was the foster brother of, or who was the childhood friend of.+13:1IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:1). Cf NLT.+13:1Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετραάρχου ( Hērōdou tou tetraarchou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a comma has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see preceding note and following note).+13:1Lit the tetrarch. ME(H) (see note at Mt 14:1).+13:2IT. Cf CJB, NLT.+13:2Or were worshiping.+13:2Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 222, sv δή 2).+13:2Lit for the work/task. ME. Cf ISV, TEV.+13:3Lit and laid hands on them. ME(H/OTB)/IT (see translation and notes at Ac 6:6).+13:4Lit they.+13:4IT (see BDAG, 918, sv Σελεύκεια; L-N, 93.576). Cf NLT.+13:4IT (see L-N, 93.510).+13:5IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:5).+13:5IT. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:5IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+13:6IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:6).+13:7Or one of the companions. Lit who was with. ME (see BDAG, 961, σύν 1.a. γ.).+13:7Lit the proconsul. ME(H) (see ANLEX, 56, sv ἀνθύπατος; UBSHS [Ac], 247). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV. “Governor” is used throughout this section.+13:7Lit This man.+13:8Lit Elymas the sorcerer (for thus his name is translated). ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 248). Cf NCV, TEV.+13:8Or trying to turn the governor away from the faith. Cf NCV, NLT.+13:9Lit at him.+13:10Lit O [man] full of every sort of deceit and every sort of trickery/fraud. Cf LEB, NASB, NET.+13:10Lit enemy of all righteousness. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:11Lit the hand. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 76.3).+13:11Lit over him. ME (see ANLEX, 85; sv ἀχλύς; DBL Greek, #944; L-N, 24.40). Cf NLT, TEV.+13:11παραχρῆμά ( parachrēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:13Lit Putting out from Paphos, they went… ME. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+13:13IT (see, eg, L-N, 93.551).+13:13IT (see, eg, L-N, 93.551). Cf NLT.+13:13IT (see, eg, L-N, 93.545).+13:13IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+13:14Lit They. Cf NLT.+13:14IT (see L-N, 15.17, NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:14).+13:14IT (see, eg, BDAG, sv Ἀντιόχεια 2). Cf Ac 11:20.+13:14IT (see M-M, #4099; NAC [Ac], 296; TBD, 1044, sv Pisidia; UBSHS [Ac], 251).+13:15Lit sent to them. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 252).+13:15τίς ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν ( tis en humin logos paraklēseōs pros ton laon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+13:15Lit if there is in/among you any word of exhortation/encouragement/help/strengthening for the people. ME. Cf NCV. For the range of meaning possible with παράκλησις ( paraklēsis), see translation and note at 2 Co 1:4.+13:15This is an imperative of request/entreaty (ie, a polite request, used especially when addressing a superior). For more on imperatives of request, see Black, Grammar, 189; Wallace, Grammar, 487-8.+13:16Lit Men Israelites. ME. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NET, NIV, RSV.+13:16Lit and you who fear God. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:16). Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:17“For himself” is drawn here from the middle voice (see Wallace, Grammar, 419-23).+13:17Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+13:17Lit he made great, or he exalted. ME (see BDAG, 1046, sv ὑψόω 2; UBSHS [Ac], 253). Cf NLT.+13:17μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ( meta brachionos hupsēlou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:17Lit with uplifted arm. ME(I/F) (see ANLEX, 94, sv βραχίων; BSL, Ac 13:17; L-N, 76.5; NET Bible Notes, Ex 15:16, Ps 98:1).+13:17Lit out of it (with “Egypt” as the antecedent). Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+13:18ὡς τεσσερακονταετῆ χρόνον ( hōs tesserakontaetē chronon) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:18IT. Cf, eg, Ps 95:8.+13:18Lit with them. ME (see BSL, Ac 13:18, sv τροποφορέω). Cf NIV.+13:19The direct object is implied from the context. Cf, eg, ISV, NET.+13:19Lit the land of them. Translating the genitive as a subjective genitive. Cf Dt 7:1; Jsh 14:1, 19:51; Ps 78:55; Ac 7:45.+13:20Cf HCSB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:21Lit and God appointed for them Saul...for forty years.+13:22Lit After removing him.+13:22Lit about whom he also said, testifying/speaking highly.+13:22Ps 89:20+13:22Or a man whose desire is to serve me, or the kind of man I want. Lit a man according to my heart. ME(I/F) (see NAC [1 Sm], 151; NET Bible Notes, 1 Sm 13:14; UBSHS [1 Sm], 262; UBSHS [Ac], 256). Cf HCSB here; HCSB and NET at 1 Sm 13:14.+13:221 Sm 13:14+13:22Is 44:28. Cf NET at Is 44:28.+13:23Lit according to [his/the] promise. ME. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV. κατʼ ἐπαγγελίαν ( kat’ epangelian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:24Lit before the face of his coming. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 67.19). Cf TEV.+13:24παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραήλ ( panti tō laō Israēl) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:25ἐμὲ ( eme) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and is an emphatic form of the first person accusative personal pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:25τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν ( to hupodēma tōn podōn) is in an embedded focal position (see B ART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:26Lit Men brothers. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+13:26Or children, or descendants. Lit sons. ME. Cf ASV, NIV; L-N, 10.30, 11.58.+13:26Or race, or family, or nation.+13:26Lit and those among you who fear God. ME(H) (see note at Ac 14:16).+13:26ἡμῖν ( hēmin) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:27Lit this man. ME/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:27). Cf ISV, NCV, TEV.+13:27ἀγνοήσαντες ( agnoēsantes) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:27Cf Lk 23:34; Ac 3:17, 26:9; 1 Co 2:8; 1 Ti 1:13.+13:27Lit the voices. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+13:27κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ( kata pan sabbaton) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus repetition has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+13:27The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, HCSB, LEB, NASB, NET, NRSV, RSV.+13:27IT. Cf, eg, ESV, NASB, NRSV.+13:27IT. Cf, eg, ESV, NRSV.+13:27Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 829, sv πληρόω 4.a.).+13:28The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ASV, ESV, HCSB, ISV, KJV, LEB, NASB, NET, NIV, NKJV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+13:28Lit no reason/ground of death. ME (see BSL, Lk 23:14, sv αἴτιος; Ibid, Ac 13:28, sv αἰτία).+13:28Cf ISV, NET, NIV.+13:29γεγραμμένα ( gegrammena) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:29An allusion to Dt 21:22.+13:31Lit who. Cf HCSB.+13:31Cf NLT.+13:31Or his witnesses. Cf TEV.+13:32Or forefathers. Lit fathers. πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ( pros tous pateras) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:32Cf TEV.+13:33Or to, or for. Most translations seem to interpret the dative here as a dative of advantage (see, eg, CJB, ISV, HCSB, NCV, NKJV, NRSV, TEV; cf LSGNT Notes, Ac 13:33), while a number of others translate it as a simple dative/indirect object (see, eg, LEB, NASB, ESV, RSV). The benefit of the promise, however, applies not only to the descendants, but also to the ancestors who originally received them. Thus, a rendering that brings together nuances of time (cf, eg, Mt 13:17) and location, with benefit implied (the dative has the capacity to function on all these levels), has been used in translation here. Cf Mt 13:17; Jn 1:14; Ac 13:30-31; Lk 24:36-43; 1 Pt 1:10-12; 1 Jn 1:1-3.+13:33Or posterity. Lit children. ME (see L-N, 10.28). Cf ISV, NLT.+13:33The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV.+13:33The following references to the Davidic Covenant suggest an allusion to 2 Sm 7:10 here, interpreted both in terms of resurrection and in terms of royal appointment. Cf Ezk 39:21 (LXX); Lk 1:69; Rm 1:1-4. Cf also Dt 18:15-18; Ac 3:22-26.+13:33ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ ( en tō psalmō tō deuterō) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore καὶ ( kai) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+13:33υἱός μου ( huios mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:33Lit I today have fathered you, or I today have begotten you. ME(I/F/OTB/H) (see BKC, 1:792; FSB, Ps 2:7, Ac 13:33; NET Bible Notes, Ps 2:7; UBSHS [Ps], 28; UBSHS [1 Sm], 61). Cf 2 Sm 7:14; Ps 2:6, 89:18-37; Is 9:6; Mt 11:27, 28:18; Jn 3:35, 13:3; Rm 1:1-4; Re 2:26-27, 3:21. Cf also 1 Sm 16:1-13; 2 Sm 2:4-7, 5:3 (where David is “anointed” as king on several different occasions—similar to Jesus, who has been anointed as God’s chosen king, and yet presently does not sit on David’s throne in Jerusalem).+13:33Ps 2:7+13:34Lit he. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:34The reference to Is 55 indicates that the aorist is functioning proleptically/prophetically here.+13:34Is 55:3 (LXX). Lit the holy and faithful things of David. A quotation from Is 55:3 in the LXX. That the “holy things” is referring to the covenantal blessings/promises of the Davidic covenant is clear from the context of Is 55:3: “I will make with ᵖyou an everlasting covenant, the sure mercies of David.” Cf Ps 88:33-37. The HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, and TEV capture the meaning well here.+13:35Lit he says. Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Ac], 263). Cf NIV.+13:35καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ ( kai en heterō) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+13:35IT. Cf ISV, NET.+13:35Ps 16:10. Cf Ac 2:27.+13:36τοῦ θεοῦ ( tou theou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:36ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ( idia genea) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and repetition (cf TEV) have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+13:36Lit fell asleep. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 24.104).+13:36Cf ISV.+13:36Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+13:38In Greek, the particle οὖν ( oun) signals both continuity with what precedes, as well as a new development, and can operate on various levels and boundaries of the discourse (see Runge, Disc Grammar, 43-8). Here it is interpreted as functioning at a higher boundary of the discourse.+13:38γνωστὸν ( gnōston) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus repetition has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:38ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν ( aphesis hamartiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:38Cf “the covenant blessings” of v 34 with passages like Ps 32, Rm 4, and Heb 8. Note also the plural “you” in v 34.+13:39ἐν νόμῳ Μωϋσέως ( en nomō mōuseōs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. To allow for this, an active rendering has been used in translation (cf NET, TEV).+13:39πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ( pas ho pisteuōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. To allow for this, an passive rendering has been used in translation.+13:39Lit From all things of which you were not able to be justified by the Torah of Moses, by this man everyone who has faith is justified. ME. See L-N, 56.34. See also Timothy Miller, “Paul’s Priestly Mission and Salvation from the Coming Wrath: A Missiological Probe of Romans 15:16 and the Question of Divine Anger through the Worldview of Leviticus” (PhD diss., Columbia International University, 2024). The preceding verse makes it clear that the removal of guilt/culpability, unto a righteous covenant standing before God, is in view here. The direct object (faith “in him”; cf. CJB, NLT) is implied from the context, as is common in Greek. Cf Jn 8:32-36; Rm 6:1-23, 8:1-8; 2 Co 3:1-18; Ga 5:1; Heb 8.+13:40IT. Cf CJB, HCSB, NASB, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+13:41Lit in your days. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 265). Cf NET at Hab 1:5.+13:41Lit a work, or a deed, or an act. ME (OTB)/IT (see GHCLOT, 684, sv paʿal 2; NET Bible Notes, Is 5:12; UBSHS [Hab], 74; L-N, 25.213). ἔργον ( ergon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:41Lit a work, or a deed, or an act.+13:41Cf NET at Hab 1:5.+13:41Hab 1:5 (LXX)+13:42Lit As they.+13:42Lit they. This is an indefinite plural.+13:42IT. Using an active rendering in translation for more natural transference into English. Cf, eg, ISV, NET, NLT.+13:42IT. Cf TEV.+13:42IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:42εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον ( eis to metachu sabbaton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:43Lit worshiping proselytes. ME(H) (see BDAG, 918, sv σέβω 1.b.; NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:43). Cf ISV, NET, NIV, TEV.+13:43Or to continue in, or to persist in. Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Ac], 267).+13:44σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ( schedon pasa hē polis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:45Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Ac 9:22).+13:45ὑπὸ Παύλου ( hupo Paulou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and thus an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. An active rendering has been used in translation to allow for this.+13:45The direct object is implied here. Cf, eg, CJB, HCSB, ISV, NET, TEV.+13:46ὑμῖν ( humin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:46πρῶτον ( prōton) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Repetition (cf ANLEX, 338, sv πρῶτος 2; BDAG, 894, sv πρῶτος 2.b.) has also been used to give this element extra focus. Cf Mt 10:5-6, Rm 1:16.+13:46ἀξίους τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς ( axious tēs aiōniou zōēs) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+13:46This is a more literal rendering of τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς ( tēs aiōniou zōēs), which most English translations render as “eternal life” (see UBSHS [Jn], 88).+13:47οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a demonstrative wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this constituent. γὰρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+13:47The verb here is functioning proleptically (cf most English translations at Is 49:6; the perfect is also used in the LXX). Although proleptic/prophetic perfects typically occur in the apodosis of an implicit or explicit conditional clause (see Wallace, Grammar, 581), this is not always the case (see Robertson, Grammar, 898).+13:47Although the pronoun is singular here and of course includes the Messiah himself, this does not in itself rule out some level of national application (see note at Mk 12:30; cf also Is 41:8, 49:3, where the singular pronoun is applied to Israel as a single collective entity).+13:47Lit you the to be as salvation, or you the to be for salvation. The prepositional phrase here could be understood either as a double accusative or as a preposition of purpose (see LSGNT Notes, Ac 13:47, sv εἰς). The fact that this statement is paralleled with another double accusative (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:47), and the use of an articular infinitive here (cf the articular infinitives in Lk 1:68-79), incline me toward the first option. This verse may provide the OT basis for Paul’s statement in 2 Co 5:21: “so that in him [ie, Israel’s head, the Messiah] we [ie, the Jewish apostles sent out by him and united with him] might become the righteousness of God [ie, “the saving acts of God”; see translation and notes at Rm 1:16].” In other words, by being “ambassadors” to the nations, the Jewish apostles, in keeping with Israel’s calling, bring to the Gentiles the message by which they are saved: “be reconciled to God!” (2 Co 5:20). Cf Ac 26:16.+13:47Is 49:6. Cf Is 42:6, 45:22.+13:48Cf NCV; BHT at 2 Th 3:1.+13:48Or word.+13:48Translating the genitive as an objective genitive. Cf 2 Th 3:1.+13:48This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life” (see UBSHS [Jn], 88).+13:49Or word.+13:50Lit The Jews. ME(H) (see note at Ac 9:22).+13:51Lit They. Cf NCV.+13:51ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:50; UBSHS [Ac], 270). The meaning of this symbolic act was that God would hold them accountable for their actions in the Day of the Lord. Cf Lk 9:5, 10:14-15.+13:51IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 13:51).+13:51IT (see L-N, 93.482).+13:52IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 271). Cf TEV.+14:1Lit Now it happened in Iconium according to the same thing. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+14:1Lit they.+14:1Lit Greeks. In this context Ἕλλην ( hellēn) clearly means “Gentiles” (see BDAG, 318, sv 2; DBL Greek, #1818.2; L-N, 11.40). Cf TEV, NIV.+14:1πολὺ πλῆθος ( polu plēthos) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been rendered so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:3ἱκανὸν χρόνον ( hikanon chronon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+14:3IT. The place where they stayed is implied from the context. Cf, eg, HCSB, NET, NIV.+14:3Or about the Lord, or for the Lord, or in reliance on the Lord. Lit on the basis of the Lord. Cf BDAG, 364, sv ἐπί 6.b.; NIV at 1 Th 2:2 (where παρρησιάζομαι [ parrēsiazomai] is used with ἐν τῷ θεῷ [ en tō theō]). Cf also NASB and HCSB here.+14:3The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+14:3Lit giving/causing to take place.+14:3σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ( sēmeia kai terata) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:4Lit and some were with. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf HCSB.+14:4Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see v 2; note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB.+14:5Lit when an impulse of both the Gentiles and the Jews with their leaders happened to mistreat and stone them. ME (see ANLEX, 285, sv ὁρμή 1; DBL Greek, #3995.2; L-N, 30.78; M-M, 458, ὁρμή).+14:6Lit they.+14:6IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 14:5).+14:6IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 276).+14:7εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ( euangelizomenoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+14:8τις ἀνὴρ ἀδύνατος ἐν Λύστροις τοῖς ποσὶν ( tis anēr adunatos en lustrois tois posin), with ἀδύνατος τοῖς ποσὶν in an embedded split position (see BART Display), and therefore the element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject, and with the verb subordinated). The embedded element has been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+14:8Lit crippled from his mother’s womb. Cf Ac 3:2.+14:9Lit who.+14:9Lit on him.+14:10ὀρθός ( orthos) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:10Lit he.+14:11Lit lifted their voice. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 33.78).+14:11οἱ θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις ( hoi theoi homoiōthentes anthrōpois) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+14:11Lit having become like men. ME. Cf NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV.+14:12IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 279; LBD, sv Zeus).+14:12IT. The verb is implied from the preceding clause. Cf NIV.+14:12IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 279). Here, information flow is dependent on the IT. Cf the translation and note at Mt 1:21.+14:12Lit because he was the leader of the word. ME. Cf CJB.+14:13IT. Cf most English translations.+14:13Or temple. IT. Cf NCV, NET, NIV.+14:13ταύρους καὶ στέμματα ( taurous kai stemmata) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:13IT. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+14:13ἤθελεν θύειν ( ēthelen thuein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore part of this element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:14ME(OTB/H)/IT (see UBSHS [Mt], 831; UBSHS [Mk], 466). Cf NLT.+14:15τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore “in the world” has been used to give extra focus to this constituent, and to reinforce the sense of shock present contextually.+14:15ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι ( homiopatheis humin anthrōpoi) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a downtoning adjective, an adverb, and a comma have been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+14:15Lit We, too, are like-natured men with you. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 281; translation and note at Mt 19:26). Cf ISV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+14:15Or bringing you good news that you must/should turn, or bringing you good news in order to turn you. Lit gospeling you to turn. The infinitive can be understood as either an infinitive of purpose or (depending on one’s categorization) as a substantival infinitive or infinitive of indirect discourse (see LSGNT Notes; cf BDF, §392(3); NET Bible Notes, Ac 14:15; Robertson, Grammar, 482, 1036). The infinitive, moreover, could be understood transitively or intransitively.+14:15Or heaven.+14:15Or the earth.+14:15ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ( apo toutōn tōn mataiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Repetition has also been used to give this element extra focus.+14:16Lit who in.+14:16παρῳχημέναις ( parōcēmenais) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus placed at the end of the phrase for extra stress.+14:16Or nations.+14:16Cf NRSV.+14:16Cf Dt 32:8.+14:17ἀμάρτυρον ( amarturon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:17Or doing good.+14:17Drawing BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 242, sv δίδωμι 4). Cf NLT.+14:17Or from the sky.+14:17ὑετοὺς καὶ καιροὺς καρποφόρους ( huetous kairous karpophorous) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:17Lit filling your hearts with food and joy. ME(I/F/OTB) (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 14:17). Cf NET; NLT at Ps 145:15.+14:18Lit they. Cf NLT.+14:18μόλις ( molis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent (cf ANLEX, 266, sv μόλις 2).+14:19Lit some Jews. ME(H) (see note at Ac 9:22). Ἰουδαῖοι ( youdaioi) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+14:21Or made a considerable number of disciples. Cf Mt 28:19.+14:21IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 14:21).+14:22Or persevere in, or remain true to.+14:22See note at Mt 16:21. The same applies here. Cf also 1 Th 3:3-4.+14:22διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων ( dia pollōn thipseōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Repetition has also been used to give this element extra focus.+14:22Lit It is necessary for us to enter the kingdom of God through many afflictions. ME/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 14:22; UBSHS [Ac], 284; translation and note at Mt 16:21). Cf Mt 7:13-14; 10:34-39, 16:24; Mk 8:34; Lk 9:23, 14:27; Rm 2:6-7; 1 Co 4:8-13; 2 Co 4:16-18, 11:16-12:10; Php 3:8-10; 1 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 2:12-3, 3:12; 1 Pt 2:21.+14:23πρεσβυτέρους ( presbuterous) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:23Cf NET.+14:23IT. Cf NLT.+14:24IT (see, eg, L-N, 93.545).+14:25IT (see UBSHS [Ac]), 285.+14:26IT. Cf NLT.+14:27θύραν πίστεως ( thuran pisteōs) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:28IT. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, NCV, TEV.+15:1This is a dative of rule.+15:1IT (see BDAG, 277, sv ἔθος 2). Cf Ac 6:14.+15:1Cf Lv 12:3.+15:1Cf Lv 12:3.+15:2Lit they. Cf CJB, HCSB, NCV, NET, NLT.+15:2Lit There having arisen a heated argument and debate not small to Paul and Barnabas with them, they appointed Paul and Barnabas and some others from among them to go up to the apostles and elders to Jerusalem concerning this controversial issue. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 289). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+15:3Lit While they+15:3IT. In this context, προπέμπω ( propempō) means to help someone with the provisions needed for a trip (see BDAG, 873, sv 2; BSL, Ac 15:3, sv).+15:3IT.+15:3IT (see ANLEX, 401, sv Φοινίκη; L-N, 93.568).+15:3Lit telling in detail the turning of the Gentiles. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+15:5IT (see BDAG, 345, sv ἐξανίστημι 3.a.).+15:5ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν Φαρισαίων ( apo tēs haireseōs tōn pharisaiōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed at the end of the phrase for extra focus and stress.+15:5Lit for them. Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+15:5The subject here is indefinite, and therefore a passive construction has been used in translation. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV, NRSV.+15:7Πολλῆς ζητήσεως ( pollēs zētēseōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and repetition have been used to give extra focus to this element (cf L-N, 59.11). The verb has also been left implicit in translation so as to allow this element to land at the end of the clause for extra stress.+15:7Lit Men brothers.+15:7Or a long time ago, or in the early days. Lit from ancient/old days. ME (see L-N, 67.26; UBSHS [Ac], 292). Cf NET, NIV. By this point, it had been about ten years since the events of Acts 10 (see UBSHS [Ac], 292).+15:7The point of the marker of location with the personal pronoun—“among you,” “before you,” “in the presence of you”—is not that God chose Peter from among others (one would typically expect ἐκ [ ek] or ἀπό [ apo] in that situation; cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV), but that God’s choice was made “in their presence” (see BDAG, 305, sv ἐκλέγομαι 2.c.γ.). In other words, it is likely that a number of those present were direct witnesses of the events of Ac 10 (see Ac 10:23, 45), or were among those who had heard about those events soon afterward (Ac 11). Peter is reminding them of this.+15:7Lit chose that through my mouth. ME. Cf ISV, NET, NLT. διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου ( dia tou stomatos mou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element (cf ISV) within the ME.+15:7Cf Ac 10-11.+15:8Or to them, or for them. Cf the ISV at Rm 10:2 and Col 4:13.+15:8The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+15:9οὐθὲν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν ( outhen metaxu hēmōn te kai autōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and thus italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+15:9Lit and differentiated nothing between us and them. ME. Cf CEV; translation and note at Ac 10:37. The point here is that God evaluates, accepts, and treats both Jew and Gentile according to the same standard, without showing favoritism (cf Ac 10:34-35), and has testified and shown that this is in fact the case by pouring out the Spirit on the Gentiles in context to them believing. Cf 1 Co 4:7; Jm 2:4.+15:9τῇ πίστει ( tē pistei) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:10IT. Gentile believers are obviously being referred to here. Cf NCV, NLT.+15:10Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+15:10οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ( oute hoi pateres hēmōn oute hēmeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:10Cf Mt 11:28-29, 23:4; Mk 7:1-12; Lk 11:46; Ga 5:1.+15:11διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ( dia tēs charitos tou kuriou Yēsou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:11Or are saved. The aorist infinitive may be functioning either futuristically or gnomically.+15:12Lit as they.+15:14The infinitive has been interpreted as an infinitive of means (with UBSHS [Ac], 295). This is reflected in the translation. Cf ISV.+15:14Or by taking, or by claiming, or by accepting, or by separating, or by obtaining, or by adopting, or by gathering, or by removing. λαμβάνω ( lambanō) with ἐκ ( ek) can have any of these nuances (all of these make sense here!). Cf BDAG, 583-5, sv λαμβάνω; L-N, 30.86, 57.55; NET Bible Notes, Ac 15:14; UBSHS (Ex), 135. Cf, also, eg, Gn 28:2; Ex 6:7 (see esp CEV, NEB, and NLT); Nu 8:6 (see esp NLT, TEV); Dt 4:34; Jg 14:3; Ezk 37:21; Am 2:11; Heb 5:1.+15:16Lit I will rebuild the tent/booth/tabernacle/hut of David, which is fallen. ME(OTB) (see BDAG, 928, sv σκηνή 1.a.; NAC [Am], 165; UBSHS [Am], 184). Cf NCV, TEV.+15:16τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ( ta kateskammena autēs) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:17Or those who are left of mankind, or the remainder of men, or the rest of mankind. Lit the survivors of the people/men. Here, James is loosely quoting/referencing/paraphrasing the LXX’s version of Am 9:11-12. “After these things” points readers back to Am 9:1-10, which focuses on God’s judgments against the nation of Israel, in context to which a righteous remnant (“I will not utterly cut off the house of Jacob” [Am 9:8 (Brenton LXX)]...“all the sinners of my people shall die by the sword” [Am 9:10 (Brenton LXX)]) ultimately emerges to inherit the restored Davidic kingdom. Hence, οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ( hoi kataloipoi tōn anthrōpōn) here is most likely a reference to the righteous surviving remnant in Israel (cf LES at Am 9:12), who seek the Lord in the restored Davidic Kingdom along with the righteous Gentiles who belong to Yahweh and bear His name (cf Dt 32:43 [LXX]; Rm 15:10). Cf Is 4:2-6.+15:17Lit all the Gentiles upon whom my name has been called on them. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 11.28). “Name” has been retained in translation, though, to maintain the connection with v 14.+15:17Or so that those who are left of mankind may seek the Lord, including all the Gentiles who belong to me and bear my name; or, so that the rest of mankind may seek the Lord, that is, all the Gentiles who belong to me and bear my name.+15:17Am 9:11-12 (LXX)+15:18Is 45:21+15:19Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+15:19Or nations.+15:20Lit from the things ritually defiled by idols. ME(OTB)/IT (see NAC [Ac], 330; Stern, JNTC, Ac 15:20; UBSHS [Ac], 297; Ac 15:29). Cf NCV, TEV.+15:20Cf Lv 17:8-9.+15:20Cf Lv 18:6-28 (esp v 26).+15:20Lit and the strangled thing and the blood. ME(OTB)/IT (see NAC [Ac], 330; Stern, JNTC, Ac 15:20; NET Bible Notes, Ac 15:20; UBSHS [Ac], 297; Ac 15:29).+15:20Cf Lv 17:10-14.+15:21κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ( tous kērussontas auton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with κατὰ πόλιν in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. Repetition has also been used to give extra focus to the embedded element (cf CEV).+15:21Lit Moses from generations ancient has those who are proclaiming him according to city. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV. Here, “Moses” is being used metonymically for the Torah.+15:21κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ( kata pan sabbaton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+15:21ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ( en tais sungōgais) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+15:22Lit from among them. Cf TEV.+15:22Or who were leaders among. Cf NCV, TEV.+15:23Lit having written by the hand of. ME (see L-N, 9.17; NET Bible Notes, 15:23; UBSHS [Ac], 300).+15:23κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ( kata tēn antiocheian kai surian kai kilikian) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+15:24Lit some men from among us, or some men who belong to us. Cf NCV, TEV.+15:24Lit troubled you with words. ME (see BDAG, 990, sv ταράσσω 2).+15:24Lit have upset your souls.+15:24Lit to whom we did not give orders. ME. Cf HCSB, ESV, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+15:25Or having met together. Lit after becoming of one accord, or having become together (ie, having gathered/met). Cf NLT.+15:26Lit men. In the Greek text, “men who have risked their lives” is in apposition to Barnabas and Paul, and not to the “men” mentioned earlier in the clause. “Friends” has thus been used in translation to make this clear for English readers.+15:27Lit and they. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NRSV, TEV.+15:27Lit by word. ME(I/F) (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 15:27; UBSHS [Ac], 301). Cf NET. διὰ λόγου ( dia logou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME.+15:28Lit For it seemed to the Holy Spirit and to us. ME (see BDAG, 255, sv δοκέω 2.b.β.; NET Bible Notes, Ac 15:28; UBSHS [Ac], 302). Cf HCSB, NCV, NJB.+15:28Cf Ac 10:44-48, 15:8-18.+15:28Or burden.+15:28μηδὲν πλέον βάρος πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες ( mēden pleon baros plēn toutōn tōn epanankes) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been grouped with this element to give it extra focus and stress. The element has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+15:28Or greater, or further, or additional. Cf vv 10 and 19. These requirements actually would have been quite challenging for Gentile believers, who live in a society where immorality was rampant, and where much of the meat available in the market had been offered to idols (for further discussion, see BDAG, 280, sv εἰδωλόθυτος; NAC [Ac], 331; UBSHS [Ac], 297).+15:29Lit and from blood and from strangled animals. ME(OTB) (see note at 15:20 above).+15:29Cf Mt 11:28-29, 23:4; Mk 7:1-12; Lk 11:46; Ac 15:10; Ga 5:1; Re 2:24.+15:29Or If you. There is often close overlap between adverbial participles of means and condition (see Wallace, Grammar, 632). Both make good sense here.+15:29Or acting correctly, or doing well. Cf BDAG, 860, sv πράσσω 2; Ibid, 401, sv εὖ 1; UBSHS (Ac), 301. εὖ ( eu) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:29Cf Re 2-3.+15:30Lit While they. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+15:31Lit they. Cf CJB, ISV, NET, NIV, TEV.+15:31Lit rejoiced at the exhortation/encouragement/consolation/help/strengthening. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 303). Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV. For the range of meaning possible with παράκλησις ( paraklēsis), see translation and notes at Jn 14:17 and 2 Co 1:4.+15:32προφῆται ( prophētai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:32διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ ( dia logou pollou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+15:33Cf ISV, NLT.+15:33Lit with peace. ME (see BDAG, 287, sv εἰρήνη 2.a.; UBSHS [Ac], 304). Cf NIV, NLT.+15:33IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+15:33Some manuscripts have verse 34: “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there” (ESV).+15:35Cf NET.+15:35Or the word.+15:35Translating the genitive as an objective genitive. Cf CJB.+15:36Lit After some days. Cf NIV, TEV.+15:36Or towns. πόλις ( polis) can refer to what we today would consider a town (cf CJB, ISV, HCSB, LEB, NLT, NET, NIV, TEV), or to a city (cf ASV, ESV, NASB, NKJV, NRSV, RSV). Since “city” was used in Ac 13-14, it was used here as well.+15:36Or the word.+15:36Translating the genitive as an objective genitive. Cf CJB.+15:36Lit how they have. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 305). Cf 2 Co 11:28; Php 1:25-26; 1 Th 3:1-5.+15:38Lit Paul was considering it fitting, the one who had abandoned them in Pamphylia and not coming with them to the work, not to bring along this man. ME (see BDAG, 94, sv ἀξιόω 2.a.; UBSHS [Ac], 305). Cf most English translations.+15:38Cf Col 4:10; 2 Ti 4:11.+15:39Cf NRSV.+15:39Lit that they.+15:40IT. Space and direction are implied by the lexeme here (see, eg, L-N, 15.40).+16:1Lit He.+16:1μαθητής τις ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος ( mathētēs tis onomati Timotheos) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+16:1Lit a Greek. ME (see L-N, 11.40).+16:2A coordinator has been used in translation to ensure that the information that follows is processed in connection with Timothy rather than with Timothy’s father.+16:3σὺν αὐτῷ ( sun auto) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:3The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf ISV.+16:3Or because of. διά ( dia) here is interpreted as signaling benefaction (see, eg, L-N, 90.38). This is reflected in the translation.+16:3Lit a Greek. ME (see L-N, 11.40). Ἕλλην ( hellēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:4Lit they were passing on to them to observe the decisions that had been reached by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem. ME. Cf NET.+16:6Lit they. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT.+16:6Or word.+16:6IT. Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+16:7IT (see L-N, 93.535).+16:7IT (see L-N, 93.436).+16:7εἰς τὴν Βιθυνίαν ( esi tēn Bithunian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+16:8Cf NLT.+16:8IT (see ANLEX, 385, sv Τρῳάς). Cf NLT.+16:9Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28).+16:9ὅραμα διὰ [τῆς] νυκτὸς ( horama dia [tēs] nuktos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+16:9IT (see L-N, 93.527).+16:9ἀνὴρ Μακεδών τις ( anēr Makedōn tis) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:9As indicated by the context, the imperative here is an imperative of entreaty. Here it isn’t simply politeness that is implied, though, but urgency.+16:10εἶδεν ( eiden) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:10Lit to them. ME/IT. Cf TEV.+16:11IT (see L-N, 93.571). Cf NCV, NLT.+16:11IT (see L-N, 93.541; UBSHS [Ac], 313).+16:13Lit in this city.+16:13Lit where we thought to be prayer. ME(H)/IT (see BDAG, 878, sv προσευχή 2; FSB, Ac 16:13). Cf TEV. προσευχὴν ( proseuchēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME has been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+16:14τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία, πορφυρόπωλις πόλεως Θυατείρων σεβομένη τὸν θεόν ( tis gunē onomati Ludia, porphuropōlis poleōs Thuateirōn sebomenē ton theon) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+16:14ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Mk 3:5 and Rm 1:21; UBSHS [Ac], 314).+16:15πιστὴν τῷ κυρίῳ ( pistēn tō kuriō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:15This is an imperative of entreaty (ie, a polite request).+16:15Cf CJB, ISV, NLT.+16:16Lit Now it happened that. See note at “day” in Lk 1:8. The same applies here. Cf NLT, TEV.+16:16Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Ac], 316). παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα πύθωνα ( paidiskēn tina echousan pneuma puthōna) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:16Lit who had a spirit of Python. ME(H)/IT (see L-N, 12.28, 33.285; UBSHS [Ac], 316). Cf TEV.+16:16ἐργασίαν πολλὴν ( ergasian pollen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:17IT. Cf NIV, NLT.+16:17δοῦλοι τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου ( douloi tou theou tou hupsistou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:18Cf NIV, NLT, TEV.+16:18Lit it.+16:18Lit hour. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+16:19Lit her.+16:19Cf CJB, NIV.+16:20Lit them.+16:20Lit before the magistrates. ME(H) (see ANLEX, 358, sv στρατηγός; BDAG, 947, sv στρατηγός 1; BSL, Ac 16:20, sv στρατηγός; UBSHS [Ac], 358).+16:20Lit being Jews. Ἰουδαῖοι ( Youdaioi) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:21Lit being Romans. ʼΡωμαίοις ( Rōmaiois) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:22Lit against them. Cf NLT, TEV.+16:22The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf ISV.+16:22Lit them.+16:23πολλάς πληγὰς ( pollas plēgas) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. An adverb has also been used to give this element extra focus.+16:23ἀσφαλῶς ( asphalōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:24παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην ( parangelian toiautēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:24Lit an order of such a kind.+16:24Lit he.+16:24Lit them.+16:24τοὺς πόδας ( tous podas) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:24Lit secured their feet in the wood [stocks]. ME(H) (see UBSHS [Ac], 321). Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+16:25IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+16:26σεισμὸς μέγας ( seismos megas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject). Adverbs have also been used to give this element extra focus.+16:26Lit so as the foundations of the prison to be shaken. ME. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+16:26πᾶσαι ( pasai) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been segmented with commas for extra focus and stress.+16:26Cf NIV.+16:27ἔξυπνος ( exupnos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a comma has been used to give extra focus to this element, with δὲ ( de) used as a spacer.+16:27ἀνεῳγμένας ( aneōgmenas) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+16:27ἀναιρεῖν ( anairein) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:28μηδὲν κακόν ( mēden kakon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:28ἅπαντες ( hapantes) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:29Lit he.+16:29ἔντρομος ( entromos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:30τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+16:32Or word.+16:32IT. Cf NIV, TEV.+16:33Lit them.+16:33Lit he.+16:33παραχρῆμα ( parachrēma) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:34Lit set before [them] a table. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.26).+16:34Or to believe, or to have faith.+16:35Ἡμέρας ( hēmeras) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. Cf ESV, LEB, NET, NIV, RSV.+16:35Cf NIV, TEV.+16:36“Two of” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context. Cf CJB.+16:37Lit to them. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+16:37The verbs here are functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf ISV.+16:37The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV.+16:37ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας ( anthrōpous Rōmaious huparchontas) is in P2 (see BART Display), with ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The embedded element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:37λάθρᾳ ( lathra) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:37ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ ( elthones autoi) is in P2 (see BART Display). αὐτοὶ has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:38Lit these words. ME. Cf NCV.+16:38Lit They.+16:38Ῥωμαῖοί ( Rōmaioi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:39Lit to them.+16:39The imperfective aspect of the verb in this context suggests repeated asking (cf NET). Hence “begged” has been used in translation here. Cf NLT.+16:40Lit they.+16:40Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf HCSB, NCV, NIV.+17:1IT (see ANLEX, 47, sv Ἀμφίπολις; L-N, 93.408). Cf NLT.+17:1IT (see L-N, 93.475).+17:1Translating the genitive attributively here. Cf HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, NLT.+17:2Lit to them. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+17:2Lit them.+17:2ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία ( epi sabbata tria) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+17:3Divine necessity/will is implied by the verb used here (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:4; UBSHS [Jn], 109; translation and notes at Mt 16:21).+17:3οὗτός ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:3IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+17:4Lit Some of them.+17:4πλῆθος πολύ ( plēthos polu) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus.+17:4Lit Greeks. ME (see L-N, 11.40).+17:4οὐκ ὀλίγαι ( ouk oligai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus.+17:5Or the Jewish leaders. Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB.+17:5ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς ( andras tinas ponērous) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+17:5Lit them. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+17:6IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+17:6Or the inhabited world. τὴν οἰκουμένην ( tēn oikoumenēn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:6καὶ ἐνθάδε ( kai enthade) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+17:6Lit These are present, too, here/in this place. ME. Cf NIV, TEV.+17:7πάντες ( pantes) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been segmented by means of a comma for extra focus and stress.+17:7ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος ( apenanti tōn dogmatōn Kaisaros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction, an intensive pronoun, and an adjective have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+17:7Or of Caesar.+17:7See note at “it is” earlier in this verse.+17:7βασιλέα ἕτερον ( basilea heteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:7IT. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+17:8Lit They threw into confusion the crowds and the city officials hearing these things. Cf ESV, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, NRSV.+17:9Cf ISV.+17:9Lit they. Cf NET, NLT, TEV.+17:10IT (see L-N, 93.422).+17:10διὰ νυκτὸς ( dia nuktos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+17:10Lit who.+17:10εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ( eis tēn sunagōgēn tōn Youdaiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+17:10Translating the genitive attributively here. Cf ISV, NET, NIV, NLT.+17:11Lit noble. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 332). Cf ISV.+17:11καθʼ ἡμέραν ( kath’ hēmeran) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:11Lit if these things might have so. ME (see BDAG, sv εἰ 5.b.γ.; UBSHS [Ac], 333). Cf TEV. The optative mood is used here, most likely implying some element of surprise (see note at Lk 15:26).+17:12Lit from them. Cf UBSHS (Ac), 333.+17:12οὐκ ὀλίγοι ( ouk oligoi) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:12Lit Greek. ME (see L-N, 11.41).+17:13Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB.+17:13ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι ( apo tēs thessalonikēs Youdaioi) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:13Using an active rendering in translation here (lit that the word of God had been proclaimed by Paul). Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+17:13καὶ ἐν τῇ Βεροίᾳ ( kai en tē Beroia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+17:14τὸν Παῦλον ( ton Paulon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. A passive construction has been used in translation to allow for this.+17:15Lit him.+17:15ὡς τάχιστα ( hōs taxista) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and strss.+17:16Lit for them. Cf NCV, TEV.+17:16Lit his spirit was provoked in him. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 88.189; UBSHS [Ac], 335). Cf NLT.+17:16κατείδωλον ( kateidōlon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf TEV.+17:17Lit with those worshiping/devout. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 17:17). Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+17:18τινὲς καὶ τῶν Ἐπικουρείων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων ( tines kai tōn Epikoureiōn philosophōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. δὲ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+17:18See translation and note at Lk 15:26. The optative mood is used here as well.+17:18Or this charlatan, or this foolish babbler. Lit this one who picks up seed. ME (see L-N, 27.19, 33.381; UBSHS [Ac], 336).+17:18ξένων δαιμονίων καταγγελεὺς ( xenon daimoniōn katangeleus) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:18IT. Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+17:18τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ( ton Yēsoun kai tēn anastasin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+17:18IT (see L-N, 33.215).+17:18Lit he.+17:19Lit before the Areopagus. ME(H)/IT (see ANLEX, 73, sv, Ἄρειος Πάγος; BDAG, 129, sv Ἄρειος πάγος; L-N, 11.81, 93.412; UBSHS [Ac], 337).+17:19Cf ANLEX, 212, sv καινός 2; BDAG, 496, sv καινός 2.+17:19Lit Can we learn/know what this new teaching being spoken by you is? ME. Cf NCV, NLT.+17:20ξενίζοντα τινα ( Xenizonta tina) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:21πάντες ( pantes) is in an embedded focal position (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn), and has therefore been segmented with commas for extra focus and stress. Repetition has also been used to give this element extra focus.+17:21IT. Cf, eg, NET, NLT.+17:21οὐδὲν ἕτερον ( ouden heteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+17:21Lit would spend time for nothing other than to say something or hear something newer. ME (see BSL, Ac 17:21, sv εὐκαιρέω; L-N, 67.80; UBSHS [Ac], 337). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+17:22Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Mt], 558).+17:22κατὰ πάντα ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ( kata panta hōs deisidaimonesterous) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), with κατὰ πάντα in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this element. In the case of ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους, the adverb is also warranted on lexical grounds (see, eg, L-N, 78.13).+17:23Or sanctuaries, or shrines, or objects of worship. Cf NJB.+17:23Lit on which was inscribed. Cf NET, NIV, NLT.+17:23The neuter is used here, but God is meant (see translation and notes at Jn 4:22; cf also BDAG, 413, sv εὐσεβέω a). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT.+17:23The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NEB in UBSHS (Ac), 340.+17:23Drawing from BSL in translation here (see BSL, Ac 17:23, sv ἀγνοέω).+17:23IT. The object of knowledge is implied from the context. Cf NCV; NEB in UBSHS (Ac), 340.+17:23According to BDAG, εὐσεβέω ( eusebeō) in this context refers not “to a formal cult but to a desire to ensure that transcendent power is appropriately recognized” (see BDAG, 413, sv a).+17:23τοῦτο ( touto) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. Cf CJB.+17:24οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς κύριος ( ouranou kai gēs kurios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element.+17:24The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NASB, NKJV, NLT.+17:24Translating the genitive as a genitive of subordination.+17:24ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς ( en chiropoiētosi naois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with χειροποιήτοις ( cheiropoiētois) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the embedded element (see translation and note at Mt 19:26).+17:25ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ( hupo cheirōn anthrōpinōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus and stress to this element within the ME (see following note).+17:25Lit nor is he served by human hands. ME (see ANLEX, sv θεραπεύω, 1; BDAG, 1082, sv χείρ 2.a.; Ibid, 453, sv θεραπεύω 1; L-N, 9.5, 35.19; UBSHS [Ac], 341; translation and note at Mt 19:26). Cf NCV, TEV.+17:25Cf CJB.+17:25The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, HCSB, LEB, NASB, NET, NIV, NKJV, NRSV, RSV.+17:25IT. Cf NIV, TEV.+17:26πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων ( pan ethnos anthrōpōn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+17:26Lit made/caused from one man every nation of men to dwell on all the face of the earth. ME (see BDAG, 840, sv ποιέω 2.h.α.; Ibid, 888, sv πρόσωπον 3; UBSHS [Ac], 341). Cf TEV.+17:26IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 341). Cf ESV, NASB, RSV, TEV.+17:26IT. Cf NRSV.+17:26Lit the boundaries of the habitation of them. Rendering the genitive as a subjective genitive in translation. Cf NET, NRSV, TEV.+17:26Cf Dt 2:1-25.+17:27Cf ESV, NKJV, NLT, RSV.+17:27οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ( hou makran apo hnos hekastou hēmōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs (one of which [“in fact”; cf CJB and TEV] has been used as a spacer) and inversion have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+17:28Lit in him, or because of him. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 342). Cf NCV.+17:28καί τινες τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν ( kai tines tōn kath’ humas poiētōn) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore καί has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this element.+17:28καθʼ ὑμᾶς ( kath’ humas) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a possessive adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf most English translations.+17:28τοῦ καὶ γένος ( tou kai genos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+17:29The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+17:29γένος τοῦ θεοῦ ( genos tou theou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore οὖν ( oun) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+17:29χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ, χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου ( chrusō ē argurō ē lithō, charagmati technēs kai enthumēseōs anthrōpou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus.+17:29Translating the genitive attributively here. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NET.+17:29Lit that the divine nature is like.+17:30The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf LEB, NET.+17:30τοὺς χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ( tous chronous tēs agnoias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a οὖν ( oun) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. An adjective has also been used to give extra focus to τῆς ἀγνοίας (note the presence of the article, which is most likely pointing us back to v 29, and perhaps to v 23 as well; cf NCV, NIV).+17:30Lit Although God overlooked the times of ignorance/not knowing. ME (see BDAG, 13, sv ἄγνοια 2.b.; Ibid, 1034, sv ὑπεροράω 2; BSL, Ac 17:30, sv ὑπεροράω and ἄγνοια; L-N, 30.49; NAC [Ac], 376; UBSHS [Ac], 343). Cf Ac 14:16.+17:31πίστιν ( pistin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:31IT (see BDAG, 818, sv πίστις 1.c.).+17:31The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+17:32καὶ πάλιν ( kai palin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+17:33Lit from their midst. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, TEV.+17:34In this context, ἀνήρ ( anēr) seems to approximate ἄνθρωπος ( anthrōpos) in meaning (see BDAG, 79, sv ἀνήρ 1.a.; NET Bible Notes, Ac 17:34).+17:34Lit him.+18:1Lit he.+18:1IT (see L-N, 93.506).+18:2IT (see ANLEX, 323, sv πόντος).+18:2Ποντικὸν ( Pontikon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:2προσφάτως ( prosphatōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and comma have been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:2Lit he.+18:2Cf BDAG, 878, sv προσέρχομαι 1.a.; ISV; NCV.+18:3Lit because of to be same-traded. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 347).+18:3IT. Cf NET, NIV.+18:4Lit Greeks. ME (see L-N, 11.40).+18:5ὅ τε Σιλᾶς καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος ( ho te Silas kai ho Timotheos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress. δὲ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to give this element extra focus.+18:5ὁ Παῦλος ( ho Paulos) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+18:5Or the word.+18:5Ἰησοῦν ( Yēsoun) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:6IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 349). Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+18:6Lit your blood. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 349; translation and notes at Mt 27:25).+18:6Cf 2 Sm 1:16; Ezk 18:13, 33:4.+18:6καθαρὸς ( katharos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adjectives have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+18:6Lit I am clean. ME (see BDAG, sv καθαρός 3.a.).+18:6εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ( eis ta ethnē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:7Lit a worshiper of God, or a person devoted to God. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 17:17). Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+18:8Or when they heard him, or when they heard Paul, or when they heard the message. IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 18:8). Cf LEB, NET.+18:9Cf HCSB, NCV, NASB, NET.+18:9τῷ Παύλῳ ( tō Paulō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+18:10Lit no one will lay upon to harm you. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 351). The infinitive is interpreted as an infinitive of result. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB.+18:10λαός πολὺς ( laos polus) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+18:11Lit He.+18:11IT. Cf, eg, HCSB, ISV, NIV, NLT.+18:12Lit proconsul. ME(H) (see ANLEX, 56, sv ἀνθύπατος; UBSHS [Ac], 247). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+18:12ἀνθυπάτου τῆς Ἀχαΐας ( anthupatou tēs Achaias) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give this element extra focus and stress.+18:12Translating the genitive as a genitive of subordination.+18:12IT (see L-N, 93.419).+18:12Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB.+18:13παρὰ τὸν νόμον ( para ton nomon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:14Lit it. Cf TEV.+18:14κατὰ λόγον ( kata logon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). The element has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+18:14Or I would have been in accepting your complaint quite justified, or I would have been in putting up with you quite justified. Lit I would have endured you according to reason/cause/word. ME (see BDAG, sv λόγος 2.d.; Ibid, 78, sv ἀνέχω 3; L-N, 25.171, 56.10; UBSHS [Ac], 353). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NET, NIV, TEV.+18:15ζητήματά περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου τοῦ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ( zētēmata peri logou kai onomatōn kai nomou tou kath’ humas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+18:15κριτὴς τούτων ( kritēs toutōn) is in P2, with τούτων itself split from κριτὴς (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). Inversion has been used to give extra focus to κριτὴς within the ME (see following note).+18:15Lit I do not want/intend to be judge of these things. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 353). Cf CEV, CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+18:17Lit Yet none of these things concerned Gallio. ME (see BDAG, 627, 1.d.; sv μέλει). Cf ESV, ISV, NLT, NRSV, RSV. ἔμελεν ( emelen) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress, with “of these things” left implicit in translation.+18:18IT. Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+18:18Lit after staying on longer many days. Cf HCSB, NET, TEV.+18:18The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf CJB, ISV, NASB, NET, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+18:18τὴν κεφαλήν ( tēn kephalēn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:18IT (see ANLEX, 227, sv Κεγχρεαί; L-N, 93.499). Cf NLT.+18:19IT. Cf NLT.+18:19IT (see L-N, 93.471). Cf NLT.+18:19Lit those ones. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+18:19Lit he.+18:20ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον ( epi pleiona chronon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:22IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 18:22). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+18:24Ἰουδαῖος τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι, Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει, ἀνὴρ λόγιος ( Youdaios tis Apollōs onomati, Alexandreus tō genei, anēr logios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+18:24IT (see ANLEX, 42, sv Ἀλεξανδρεύς). Cf NCV.+18:24Cf NCV, TEV.+18:24Or a learned man.+18:24δυνατὸς ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς ( dunatos en tais graphais) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element within the ME (see following note).+18:24Or being well-versed in. Lit being powerful in. ME (see BDAG, 264, δυνατός 1.b.α.; UBSHS [Ac], 357). Cf CJB, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+18:25Lit burning in spirit. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 426, sv ζέω).+18:25Cf CJB, NET, TEV.+18:25The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NET, NKJV, NIV, NRSV, RSV.+18:25Lit knowing only the baptism. Cf NCV.+18:25Rendering the genitive as a subjective genitive, with the verbal information compressed in the genitive made explicit in translation.+18:26Or they took him aside.+18:26Cf BDAG, 39, sv ἀκριβῶς; L-N, 72.19; CJB. ἀκριβέστερον ( akribesteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. Repetition (cf L-N, 72.19) has also been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+18:27Lit he.+18:27IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+18:27Lit he helped greatly. Cf NIV, TEV.+18:27Cf Ga 3:1-6.+18:28εὐτόνως ( eutonōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress. γὰρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+18:28 BSL defines εὐτόνως ( eutonōs) here as “in a way marked by extreme intensity of emotions or convictions” (see BSL, Ac 18:28, sv).+18:28Or the unbelieving Jews. Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB.+18:28Ἰησοῦν ( Yēsoun) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:1Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, NLT, NRSV.+19:2πνεῦμα ἅγιον ( pneuma hagion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:3πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἔστιν ( pneuma hagion estin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἔστιν in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display). οὐδʼ ( oud’) has been rendered ascensively and grouped with the embedded element to give it extra focus.+19:3Cf CJB, NJB.+19:3Lit Into what, then, were you baptized? ME. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+19:3Lit he.+19:3Making the verbal information compressed in the genitive explicit in translation.+19:3Ἰωάννου ( Yōannou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:4Lit baptized.+19:4εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ( eis ton erchomenon met’ auton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:5Or into.+19:8Lit he.+19:8IT. The direct object is implied here. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+19:9καθʼ ἡμέραν ( kath’ hēmeran) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element. The element has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+19:10Or word.+19:10πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ( pantas tous katoikountas tēn Asian) is in an embedded P2 position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured passively in order to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra stress.+19:10IT. Cf NET, NIV.+19:10Lit Greeks. ME (see L-N, 11.40).+19:11Δυνάμεις οὐ τὰς τυχούσας ( Dunameis out as tuchousas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. An adverb has also been used to give this element extra focus.+19:12Lit so that. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV. Result is clear from the context.+19:12IT (see BDAG, 386, sv ἐπιφέρω 2).+19:12Lit so that to the sick sweat rags/facecloths or aprons were taken from his skin. ME (see L-N, 6.179; UBSHS [Ac], 367).+19:12Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28).+19:13τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ( to onoma tou kuriou Yēsou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+19:13Παῦλος ( Paulos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:14Lit of a certain Sceva. Cf NET. τινος Σκευᾶ Ἰουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ( tinos Skeua Youdaiou archiereōs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:15Lit answered and said. EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame. In Greek, a redundant quotative frame is a forward-pointing device that highlights and signals the importance of the speech that follows (see Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62).+19:16Lit the man in whom the evil spirit was. Cf CJB, ISV, NLT, NRSV.+19:16Cf NJB.+19:16γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυματισμένους ( gummous kai tetraumatismenous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+19:16Lit naked and wounded. ME. Cf TEV.+19:17Lit [When] this. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 368). Cf NLT.+19:17Lit became known to.+19:17Lit Greeks. ME (see L-N, 11.40).+19:17Lit Now this became known…and fear fell upon. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NRSV.+19:18Lit came confessing and disclosing. Cf CJB, NIV; NEB in UBSHS (Ac), 368.+19:18IT. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+19:18Lit the practices/deeds of them. Translating the genitive as a subjective genitive. Cf NCV.+19:19τὰ περίεργα ( ta perierga) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:19Or books.+19:19Lit of them.+19:19This is an indefinite plural. Cf NET, NLT, NRSV.+19:19Lit And they added up…and they found. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NRSV.+19:19Lit they found. Cf CJB, NIV, TEV.+19:19μυριάδας πέντε ( muriadas pente) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+19:19Lit fifty thousand silver drachmas. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 19:19).+19:20κατὰ κράτος τοῦ κυρίου ( kata kratos tou kuriou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:20Both Runge and Levinsohn group τοῦ κυρίου ( tou kuriou) with κατὰ κράτος ( kata kratos) here (see BART Display and LDGNT).+19:20Or word.+19:21Or in his spirit.+19:21Lit there. Cf NCV.+19:21Divine necessity/will is implied by the verb used here (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:4; UBSHS [Jn], 109; translation and notes at Mt 16:21).+19:21Lit to see. ME (see L-N, 34.50; UBSHS [Ac], 370). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV.+19:21καὶ Ῥώμην ( kai Rōmēn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+19:22δύο τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῷ ( duo tōn diakonountōn auto) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+19:22Lit he.+19:22IT. Cf CJB, NET, NLT, TEV.+19:23Cf ANLEX, 375, τάραχος 2; BDAG, sv τάραχος 2; L-N, 39.5.+19:23οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ ( ouk oligos peri tēs hodou) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+19:24Δημήτριος τις ( Dēmētrios tis) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element. γάρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+19:24Lit who made silver temples of Artemis. ME(H)/IT (see L-N, 93.43; UBSHS [Ac], 372). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+19:24οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν ( ouk oligēn ergasian) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+19:25Lit whom (with craftsmen as the antecedent).+19:25IT. Cf NLT, TEV.+19:25ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ( ek tautēs tēs ergasias) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:25Lit that from this trade prosperity is to us. ME (see ANLEX, 180, sv εὐπορία). Cf CJB, NIV.+19:26Cf NLT, TEV.+19:26IT. Cf CJB, NET, NLT, TEV.+19:26ἱκανὸν ( hikanon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+19:26Cf ISV, NCV, TEV. διὰ χειρῶν ( dia cheirōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:27Lit the part. ME (see BDAG, 633, sv μέρος 1.b.η.). Cf LEB.+19:27εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ( eis apelegmon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:27τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ( tēs megalēs theas Artemidos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:27εἰς οὐθὲν ( eis outhen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+19:27Lit regarded as nothing. ME. Cf HCSB.+19:27ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη ( hole hē Asia kai hē oikoumenē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a passive construction has been used in order to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress (cf CJB, NIV, TEV). An adverb has also been used to give this element extra focus.+19:27Or the inhabited earth.+19:28μεγάλη ( megalē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:29Lit And. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT.+19:29Lit They. Cf NET, TEV.+19:30The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf HCSB.+19:31Lit his.+19:31Lit ...friends, sending to him, were pleading. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+19:31Lit not to give/cause himself into the theater. ME (see BDAG, 243, sv δίδωμι 11). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NLT.+19:32Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28).+19:33Or some of the crowd gave instructions to Alexander.+19:33The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ISV, NET, TEV.+19:34Ἰουδαῖός ( youdaios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:34Lit one voice arose from all. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NET, NIV. φωνὴ μία ( phōnē mia) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final within the ME for primary focus and stress.+19:34μεγάλη ( megalē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:34ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας δύο ( hōs epi hōras duo) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+19:35Lit of men. ἀνθρώπων ( antrhōpon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adjective and a comma have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+19:35νεωκόρον τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦς ( neōkoron tēs megalēs artemidos kai tou diopetous) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an amplifier has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:35Lit the honorary temple keeper of the great Artemis and of that which fell from heaven. ME(H)/IT (see BDAG, 250, sv διοπετής; Ibid, 670, sv νεωκόρος; BSL, Ac 19:35, sv νεωκόρος; L-N, 53.95; UBSHS [Ac], 378). Cf CJB, NCV, TEV.+19:36The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+19:36ἀναντιρρήτων ( anantirrētōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adjective has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+19:36κατεσταλμένους ( katestalmenous) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:36μηδὲν προπετὲς ( mēden propetes) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:37IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+19:38λόγον ( logon) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+19:38Lit the court days/sessions are observed/spent. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 379). Cf TEV. ἀγοραῖοι ( agoraioi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the information activated by this element has been placed in clause-initial and clause-final within the ME for extra stress.+19:38ἀνθύπατοί ( anthupatoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+19:38Lit and there are proconsuls. ME(H) (see ANLEX, 56, sv ἀνθύπατος; UBSHS [Ac], 247, 379). Cf, eg, Ac 18:12-17.+19:38Lit they must charge one another. ME/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 19:38; UBSHS [Ac], 379). Cf NLT.+19:39τι περαιτέρω ( ti periaiterō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a dummy subject and subordination have been used to give this element extra focus. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+19:39According to BDAG, περαιτέρω ( peraiterō) “pertains to being in addition to what is already expressed in the context” (see BDAG, 795, sv). In this context, an additional complaint or grievance (cf “it must be settled” in the apodosis) is in view. Cf NLT.+19:39Lit If you seek something further. IT. The apodosis makes it clear what would be sought in court (ie, a settlement or a resolution; see BDAG, 375, sv ἐπιλύω 2).+19:39ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ( en tē ennomō ekklēsia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἐννόμῳ ( ennomō) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:40περί ( peri) is interpreted as signaling reason (see, eg, L-N, 89.36) in this context. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, HCSB, NIV.+19:40IT. Cf CJB, HCSB, NIV, TEV.+19:40μηδενὸς αἰτίου ( mēdnos aitiou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+19:40Lit there being nothing of a reason, concerning which we will be able to give back an account concerning this commotion/disorderly gathering. ME/IT (see ANLEX, 38, sv αἴτιος 2; NET Bible Notes, Ac 19:40; UBSHS [Ac], 379). Cf CJB, ESV, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV. The mismatch in languages is obvious here.+20:2Lit and encouraging/strengthening/exhorting them. Cf NET.+20:2Lit strengthening/encouraging/exhorting them with much speech. For the range of meaning possible with παρακαλέω ( parakaleō), see translation and note at 2 Co 1:4.+20:3Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+20:3Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB.+20:3Using an active rendering in translation. Lit When a plot was made against him by the Jews. Cf KJV, NET, NIV, NKJV.+20:3Lit became of a mind. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 30.77).+20:4Cf NCV.+20:4IT. Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+20:6ἀπὸ Φιλίππων ( apo Philippōn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+20:6ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε ( achri hēmerōn pente) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+20:6Lit where we stayed.+20:7Lit to break bread. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Ac 2:42). Cf NLT, TEV.+20:7Lit to address them. Cf NCV.+20:7The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+20:7Lit he extended the word. ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+20:8IT. Cf CJB, TEV.+20:9Lit being carried away by deep sleep. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.68). Cf TEV.+20:9Lit When he was carried away by sleep. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.68). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+20:10Lit on him.+20:10Lit His soul/life is in him. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 23.88; NET Bible Notes, Ac 20:10). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+20:10Cf 1 Ki 17:17-24; 2 Ki 4:18-37.+20:11Lit and tasting. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 385). Cf NLT.+20:11ἐφʼ ἱκανόν ( ‘eph hikanon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and a comma have been used to give extra focus to this element.+20:12Lit and were relieved/comforted not moderately. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NLT.+20:13IT (see L-N, 93.417). Cf NCV.+20:13Lit For thus he was having made arrangement. ME. Cf NIV.+20:13The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV, TEV.+20:13IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV.+20:14IT (see L-N, 93.533).+20:15IT (see L-N, 93.614). Cf NLT.+20:15IT (see L-N, 93.572). Cf NLT.+20:15IT (see L-N, 93.532).+20:16IT. Cf NET, NLT, NIV.+20:16δυνατὸν ( dunaton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. εἴη αὐτῷ ( eiē auto) has also been left implicit in translation to the same end. Cf TEV.+20:16τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς ( tēn hēmeran tēs pentēkostēs) is in P2 ( see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη αὐτῷ ( ei dunaton eiē auto) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+20:16Traditionally “Pentecost” (a transliteration). ME(OTB). Cf Ex 34:22, Lv 23:15; Dt 16:9.+20:17Lit From Miletus, sending to Ephesus, he summoned the elders of the assembly. ME (see L-N, 33.311). Cf NET, TEV.+20:18Lit When they arrived to him. Cf CJB, NET, NIV, TEV.+20:18IT. Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+20:18The BART Display marks μεθʼ ὑμῶν ( meth’ humōn) for focal ambiguity, while LDGNT marks it as a frame (see LDGNT).+20:18τὸν πάντα χρόνον ( ton panta chronon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). The element has also been placed in clause-final to the same end.+20:18Lit You know, from the first day from which I set foot in Asia, how I became with/among you the entire time. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 389).+20:19Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+20:19Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB, TEV.+20:20Cf HCSB.+20:20οὐδὲν τῶν συμφερόντων ( ouden tōn sumpherontōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+20:21The μαρτυρέω ( martureō) cognate group sometimes carries connotations of warning (cf, eg, most English translations at 1 Th 4:6 [where διαμαρτύρομαι ( diamarturomai) is used]). Cf TEV.+20:21Lit Greeks. ME (see L-N, 11.40).+20:21εἰς θεὸν ( eis theon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+20:21Lit testifying to both Jews and Greeks repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+20:22τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι ( ta en autē sunantēsonta moi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element. The verb has also been placed at the end of the phrase for extra stress.+20:22Lit in it.+20:22Cf NLT.+20:23Lit except that. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+20:23κατὰ πόλιν ( kata polin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+20:23δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις ( desma kai thlipseis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+20:23Cf NLT.+20:24οὐδενὸς λόγου ( oudeno logou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+20:24Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 599, sv λόγος 1.a.α.). Cf UBSHS (Ac), 391.+20:24Lit as. Cf TEV; NEB in UBSHS (Ac), 392. Cf also BDAG, 1106, sv ὡς 9.+20:25Lit behold. EFE. See note at Mt 2:9.+20:25Lit see my face. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 9.9). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+20:26καθαρὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων ( katharos apo tou haimatos pantōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). A negative particle and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to the preposed element within the ME (see following note).+20:26Lit I am clean from the blood of all. ME (see BDAG, sv καθαρός 3.a.; UBSHS [Ac], 393). Cf ISV, NCV, TEV. Cf also 2 Sm 1:16; Ezk 18:13, 33:4.+20:28Lit in/among which. Cf NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV.+20:28τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ( to pneuma to hagion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), while ὑμᾶς ( humas) is a POD/Topical frame (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a passive construction has been used in translation, so as to allow the POD to occupy clause-initial and the focal element to land in clause-final.+20:28Lit the blood of his own [one]. IT. Cf NCV, NET, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+20:29Lit heavy. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 20.7). Cf most English translations.+20:30Lit from among your own selves. ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV.+20:30Lit after them. ME. Cf HCSB, ISV.+20:31νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν ( nukta kai hēmeran) and μετὰ δακρύων ( meta dakruōn) are in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν is marked in the BART Display for focal ambiguity), and therefore a cleft-construction and commas have been used to give these elements extra focus and stress. Repetition has also been used to give extra focus to νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν.+20:32Or word, or message.+20:32Or message, or word. Lit which. Restating the antecedent in translation for the sake of clarity. Cf NET.+20:32Cf Rm 6:17-18.+20:32Or among. ἐν ( en) here is interpreted as signaling close association (see, eg, L-N, 89.119). This is reflected in the translation.Cf NLT.+20:32πᾶσιν ( pasin) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+20:33ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ( arguriou ē chrusiou ē himatismou oudenos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the negative particle has been grouped with this element to give it extra focus. The element has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+20:33IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 397). Cf NCV, NLT.+20:34ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν μετʼ ἐμοῦ ( tais chreiasi mou kai tois ousin met’ emou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction, commas, and a possessive adjective (cf NASB, NCV, NIV, NLT) have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+20:34IT (see v 35). Cf NLT, TEV.+20:35πάντα ( panta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+20:35οὕτως ( hotōs) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun has been used to give this element extra focus and stress. Cf NIV.+20:35Cf NIV.+20:35Lit ...the words of the Lord Jesus, that he said.+20:37Lit A considerable weeping of everyone came about. ME (see BDAG, 472, sv ἱκανός 3.b.; Ibid, 546, sv κλαυθμός). Cf NET.+20:37Lit falling upon the neck. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 377, sv ἐπιπίπτω 1.b.; L-N, 34.64).+20:37Lit they kissed him. ME(H)/IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 399).+20:38Lit at the word which he had said. ME. Cf HCSB, NIV.+20:38Lit see his face. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 9.9). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, TEV.+21:1IT (see L-N, 93.513). Cf NLT.+21:1IT (see L-N, 93.560).+21:1IT (see L-N, 93.547).+21:4Lit stayed there. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 402). Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+21:4Lit who.+21:5Lit days. Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+21:5IT. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NRSV, RSV.+21:6Lit Those ones.+21:7Levinsohn marks τὸν πλοῦν ( ton ploun) as a POD (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity; cf LDGNT).+21:7Drawing from L-N in translation here (see L-N, 68.18).+21:7IT (see BDAG, 895, sv Πτολεμαΐς).+21:9Lit virgin. ME(H) (see L-N, 9.39; NET Bible Notes, Ac 21:9). Cf CJB, ESV, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+21:9Lit who prophesied, or who could prophesy. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NLT.+21:10Cf NRSV, TEV.+21:10προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος ( prophētēs onomati Agabos) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject). Cf ASV.+21:11IT. Cf ISV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+21:11οὕτως ( hotōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf ESV, ISV, NCV, NET.+21:11οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ( hoi Youdaioi) is thematically prominent (see BART Display), and therefore a passive construction has been used in translation in order to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra stress. Cf TEV.+21:11Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Ac 9:22). The rest of the chapter tells us that Paul’s adversaries included both Jews from Judea and Jews from outside Judea (see 21:27-30), as well as both Jews who did believe in Jesus as the Messiah and Jews who did not (see 21:20-21, 27-30). It also tells us, however, that not all the believing Jews were against him (see 21:17-25). Hence, “his Jewish adversaries” has been used in translation here.+21:11Lit they will deliver [him] into the hands of. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NET, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+21:12Lit the local people. ME/IT. Cf NLT.+21:12Lit him.+21:13οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ ( ou mon dethēnai alla kai apothanein eis Yerousalēm) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), with οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν in an embedded focal position (see BART Display; the embedded element also constitutes a point-counterpoint series [see LDGNT]), and therefore commas have been used to give this element extra focus and stress. The clause has also been structured so as to give extra focus to the embedded element, with καὶ rendered ascensively to give extra focus to ἀποθανεῖν.+21:13Or on behalf of.+21:14Lit we became quiet. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 406). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+21:14τοῦ κυρίου τὸ θέλημα ( tou kuriou to thelēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with τοῦ κυρίου in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). The embedded element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+21:15Lit After these days. Cf CJB, TEV.+21:16ἀρχαίῳ ( archaiō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed at the end of the phrase in translation for extra stress. Cf CJB, TEV.+21:17ἀσμένως ( asmenōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element (lit welcomed us warmly).+21:18Lit went in with us to James. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 408). Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+21:18Lit all the elders. ME/IT (see BSL, Ac 21:18, sv πρεσβύτερος). This is referring not simply to older people, but to those appointed to serve in the assembly. Cf NLT, TEV. πάντες οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ( pantes hoi presbuteroi) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been split in translation for extra focus and stress.+21:19Lit he recounted according to one each. ME (see BDAG, 293, sv εἷς 5.d.; BSL, Ac 21:19, sv ἐξηγέομαι). Cf NJB, NLT, TEV.+21:20IT. The direct object is implied from the context. Cf, eg, NET, NCV, NIV.+21:20Lit to him.+21:20Lit myriads/ten thousands. ME (see L-N, 60.8; UBSHS [Jud], 42). πόσαι μυριάδες τῶν πεπιστευκότων ( posai muriades tōn pepisteukotōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Repetition (cf L-N, 60.8) has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element within the ME, while the split element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+21:20ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ( zēlōtai tou nomou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and inversion have been used to give extra focus to this element.+21:21Lit they have been informed about you. ME. This is referring to word-of-mouth information (see BSL, Ac 21:21, sv κατηχέω), which has been exaggerated and distorted (see UBSHS [Ac], 410). Hence the rendering here. Cf NLT at v 24.+21:21ἀποστασίαν ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως ( apostasian apo Mōuseōs) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and commas have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+21:21Lit to walk. ME (see BDAG, 803, sv περιπατέω 2).+21:21τοῖς ἔθεσιν ( tois ethesin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+21:23Lit This, therefore, do which we to you say. ME. Cf NLT, TEV.+21:23Lit There are four men to/among/with us. ME. Cf NIV, NLT, TEV.+21:23Cf LEB.+21:23εὐχὴν ( euchēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+21:24IT (see L-N, 15. 168).+21:24Lit be purified with them. ME(H/OTB) (see ANLEX, 32, sv ἁγνίζω 1; L-N, 53.30; UBSHS [Ac], 411). Cf ISV, NCV, NEB, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+21:24Maintaining consistency in translation with v 21 (see translation and note there).+21:24Lit there is nothing. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV. οὐδέν ( oden) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+21:24Lit that you are living in conformity with [the standard], observing the Law. ME (see BDAG, 946, sv στοιχέω). Cf ISV, NET, TEV.+21:25Lit and from blood and from strangled animals. ME(OTB) (see translation and note at Ac 15:20).+21:26Translating the genitive as a subjective genitive. Cf CJB, ESV, NCV, NIV, NLT, RSV.+21:26ἡ προσφορά ( hē prosphora) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+21:26ME(OTB)/IT (see Nu 6).+21:26Cf Nu 6.+21:27Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB, NIV, TEV.+21:27IT. Cf CJB, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+21:27ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ( apo tēs Asias) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+21:27Lit him.+21:27Lit threw their hands on. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 37.110). Cf most English translations.+21:28κατὰ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου πάντας πανταχῇ ( kata tou laou kai tou nomou kai tou topou toutou pantas pantachē) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and a comma have been used to give extra focus to this element.+21:28Lit who teaches against. ME (see BDAG, 511, sv κατά b.; UBSHS [Ac], 414). Cf ISV, NLT.+21:28Lit this place. ME. Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+21:28Lit And in addition. Cf NCV, TEV.+21:28Lit Greeks. ME (see L-N, 11.40). καὶ Ἕλληνας ( kai Hellēnas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis. καὶ has also been rendered ascensively to the same end (cf ISV).+21:28ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 21:28). Cf NET.+21:29IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+21:29Lit with him.+21:29εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ( eis to yeron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+21:29ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 21:28). Cf NET.+21:30Lit and a running together of the people took place. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV, NRSV, TEV.+21:31ἀποκτεῖναι ( apokteinai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+21:31Lit of the cohort. ME(H) (see ANLEX, 353, σπεῖρα; BSL, Ac 21:31, sv σπεῖρα; UBSHS [Ac], 415). Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+21:31ὅλη Ἰερουσαλήμ ( holē Yerousalēm) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An extra adjective has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+21:31IT. Cf NIV.+21:32Lit who.+21:32Lit centurions. ME(H). A centurion had charge over one hundred soldiers, and their responsibilities “were broadly similar to modern junior officers” ( NET Bible Notes, Mt 8:5). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+21:32Lit to them. Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+21:32Lit they.+21:33Lit him. Cf TEV.+21:33Lit and asked who he could possibly be and what he has done. See translation and note at Lk 15:26. The optative is used here as well. Cf TEV.+21:34The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+21:34Lit he.+21:34Lit him.+21:35Lit he.+21:35Lit it came about that he was carried by the soldiers because of the violence of the crowd. ME. Cf NIV, NLT.+21:37Ἑλληνιστὶ ( hellēnisti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+21:37Lit he.+21:38Lit the Egyptian. Cf TEV. The article is functioning anaphorically here, pointing back to a known event/person.+21:38Lit before these days. ME. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+21:38Lit the four thousand men of the Sicarii. ME(H) (see ANLEX, 348, sv σικάριος; BDAG, σικάριος, 923; NET Bible Notes, Ac 21:38; UBSHS [Ac], 418). τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων ( tous tetrakischilious andras tōn sikariōn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+21:39ἄνθρωπος Ἰουδαῖος, Ταρσεὺς τῆς Κιλικίας ( anthrōpos Youdaios, Tarseus tēs Kilikias) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore εἶπεν ὁ Παῦλος ( eipen ho Paulos) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+21:39οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως ( ouk asēmou poleōs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. The litotes has been rendered positively in translation. Cf CJB, HCSB, NET, NLT, TEV.+21:39This is an imperative of entreaty.+21:40Lit When he.+21:40Lit A great silence having occurred. ME (see BDAG, 922, sv σιγή). Cf ISV, TEV.+21:40Or in Hebrew. Lit in the Hebrew language. ME(H) (see BDAG, 270, sv Ἑβραΐς; NET Bible Notes, Ac 21:40). Cf LEB, NET, NIV, NLT.+22:1The imperative here is imperative of entreaty (ie, it is functioning as a polite request).+22:1ἀπολογίας ( apologias) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been rendered so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress (lit listen to my defense before you now).+22:2Or in Hebrew. τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ ( tē Hebraidi dialektō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+22:2μᾶλλον ἡσυχίαν ( mallon hēsuchian) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+22:3Lit at the feet of. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 33.232). Cf NCV, TEV.+22:3Lit trained according to the strictness/carefulness/accurateness of the ancestral law. ME (see ANLEX, 41, sv ἀκρίβεια; BDAG, 39, sv ἀκρίβεια; L-N, 72.20; UBSHS [Ac], 420). Cf CJB, NIV, NLT.+22:3Making the verbal information compressed in the genitive explicit in translation. Cf UBSHS (Ac), 420.+22:3πατρῴου ( patrōou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+22:3ζηλωτὴς τοῦ θεοῦ ( zēlōtai tou thous) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+22:3πάντες ὑμεῖς ( pantes humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+22:4IT. Here “the Way” is being used metonymically for the those who adhere to it. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+22:4ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν ( tauten tēn hodon) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+22:4ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας ( andras te kai gunaikas) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+22:5καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον ( kai ho archiereus marturei moi kai pan to presbuterion) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+22:5Lit from whom.+22:5ἐπιστολὰς ( epistolas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς εἰς Δαμασκὸν ( pros tous adelphous eis Damaskon) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+22:5Or of introduction. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Ac 9:2).+22:5IT. Cf CJB, NRSV, NIV, TEV.+22:5The participle (a future participle) is interpreted as an adverbial participle of purpose. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+22:5ἐκεῖσε ( ekeise) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). καὶ ( kai) has also been rendered ascensively and grouped with this element to the same end.+22:5Lit bringing even those being there. ME. CF CJB, NLT.+22:5IT. Cf ISV, TEV.+22:6Or from the sky.+22:7διώκεις ( diōkeis) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+22:9σὺν ἐμοὶ ( sun emoi) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+22:9τὸ φῶς ( to phōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+22:9Ac 9:7 indicates that ἀκούω ( akouō) here most likely means to hear with understanding. Cf BDAG, 8, sv ἀκούω 7; NET Bible Notes, Ac 22:9; ISV, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT.+22:9τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι ( tēn phōnēn tou lalountos moi) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+22:11Lit was not seeing from. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+22:11χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι ( cheiragōgoumenos hupo tōn sunontōn moi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+22:11Lit being led by the hand by those with me.+22:12Lit a certain Ananias. ME. Cf NET.+22:12Lit a devout man according to the Law/Torah. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 423). Cf NIV.+22:13Lit I regained sight/looked up toward him. Cf NET, TEV.+22:13αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ( autē tē hora) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+22:13Lit hour. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+22:14Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+22:14Lit and to hear a sound/voice from his mouth. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 424). Cf TEV.+22:15ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας ( hōn heōrakas kai ēkousas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+22:16Or by calling on. The participle is either functioning temporally (cf CJB, ISV) or as an adverbial of means (cf, eg, HCSB, NLT, TEV). Cf Rm 10:13.+22:16Cf Rm 10:13.+22:18Lit him. Cf ISV, NET, NIV, TEV.+22:18Lit Hurry and leave with quickness from Jerusalem.+22:19The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf HCSB; UBSHS (Ac), 427.+22:19τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ ( tous pisteuontas epi se) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς ( kata tas sunagōgas) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+22:20Lit standing and agreeing and watching. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, TEV.+22:21εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ( eis ethne makran) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ὅτι ( hoti) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+22:22Lit They.+22:22Lit to him.+22:22Lit until this word. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+22:22Lit they lifted up their voices, saying. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 33.78).+22:22Lit Take from the earth such a one, for it isn’t fitting for him to live. ME. CF CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV.+22:23IT (see BDAG, 906, sv ῥιπτέω 1; L-N, 16.10; UBSHS [Ac], 428).+22:23IT. Cf NLT.+22:23κονιορτὸν ( koniorton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+22:24Lit him.+22:24Lit saying him to be interrogated with lashes.+22:24μάστιξιν ( mastixin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+22:24διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν ( di’ hēn aitian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and cleft-construction have been used to give extra focus to this element.+22:24Lit they.+22:25Lit they. Cf NCV.+22:25Lit the centurion. ME(H). A centurion had charge over one hundred soldiers, and their responsibilities “were broadly similar to modern junior officers” ( NET Bible Notes, Mt 8:5). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+22:25ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ( anthrōpon Rōmaion kai akatakriton) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics and an adverb have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+22:26Ρωμαῖός ( Rōmaios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+22:27Lit him.+22:27Ρωμαῖός ( Rōmaios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+22:27Lit he.+22:28Lit this citizenship. Cf NIV, NRSV.+22:28πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου ( pollou kephalaiou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+22:29Lit him.+22:29ἀνετάζειν ( anetzein) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been rendered so as to allow the main information activated by this element to fall at the end of the phrase for extra stress.+22:29Lit he.+22:29Ρωμαῖός ( Rōmaios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+22:29The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf NET, NLT.+22:29Cf TEV.+22:30Lit he.+22:30Lit being accused, or being charged (with fault).+22:30Lit by the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22).+22:30Lit he.+22:30The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+23:1Lit Men brothers.+23:1Lit I. ἐγὼ ( egō) here is a POD/Topical Frame (see BART Display and LDGNT). The comment makes it clear that Paul is referring here to his conduct and duty (see BSL, Ac 23:1, sv πολιτεύομαι).+23:1πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ ( pasē suneidēsei agathē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+23:2Lit him.+23:3πρὸς αὐτὸν ( pros auton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+23:3τύπτειν σε ( tuptein se) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+23:3Cf Ezk 13:10-16; Mt 23:27-28.+23:3Lit Do you sit judging…? EFE. Cf ISV.+23:3Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied, and/or where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28).+23:3παρανομῶν ( paranomōn) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction and adjective have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+23:3Cf Lv 19:15; Dt 25:1–2; Jn 7:51.+23:4IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+23:4τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ θεοῦ ( ton archierea tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+23:5The future indicative here is an imperatival future. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+23:5Lit You must not speak evil. ME(OTB) (see BSL, Ex 22:28). Cf NCV.+23:5Or ruler. ἄρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ ( archonta tou laou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary stress.+23:5Ex 22:28+23:6Lit that the one part were of. ME/IT. Cf NLT, TEV.+23:6Φαρισαῖός ( pharisaios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+23:6Lit a son of Pharisees. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 434).+23:6περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ( peri elpidos kai anastaseōs nekrōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+23:6Lit hope and. This is an example of hendiadys (ie, two coordinated items are being used to communicate a unified idea). Cf CJB, HCSB, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+23:7τοῦτο ( touto) is a Topical Frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT), and εἰπόντος ( eipontos) the DFE (see BART Display). Hence the rendering here (lit This he having said).+23:8Lit say there is not a resurrection, nor an angel, nor a spirit. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 687; UBSHS [Ac], 435). Cf CJB, TEV, NCV; NEB in UBSHS (Ac), 435.+23:9οὐδὲν κακὸν ( ouden kakon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been rendered with an indefinite article for extra focus and stress.+23:9πνεῦμα ἢ ἄγγελος ( pneuma ē angelos) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and a comma have been used to give extra focus to this element.+23:10Πολλῆς στάσεως ( pollēs staseōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+23:10Lit him.+23:11Lit him.+23:11IT. Cf NLT, TEV.+23:11καὶ εἰς Ῥώμην ( kai eis Rōmēn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+23:12Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf TEV.+23:14Lit who.+23:14ἀναθέματι ( anathemati) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a stop has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+23:14μηδενὸς ( mēdenos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a degree adverbial has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+23:14Lit We have cursed ourselves with a solemn curse to taste nothing until we have killed Paul. ME/IT (see ANLEX, 49, ἀναθεματίζω; Ibid, 49, sv ἀνάθεμα; BDAG, 63, sv ἀναθεματίζω; Ibid, 63, sv ἀνάθεμα 2; L-N, 23.3, 33.472).+23:15Lit him.+23:15ἕτοιμοί ( hetoimoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and repetition have been used to give extra focus to this element.+23:15πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι αὐτὸν ( pro tou engisai auton) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+23:16Cf NRSV.+23:17Lit one of the centurions. ME(H). A centurion had charge over one hundred soldiers, and their responsibilities “were broadly similar to modern junior officers” ( NET Bible Notes, Mt 8:5). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+23:17This is an imperative of entreaty (ie, it is functioning as a polite request).+23:17τὸν νεανίαν τοῦτον ( ton neanian touton) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+23:18Lit he.+23:18Lit taking him. Cf NCV.+23:18τοῦτον τὸν νεανίσκον ( touton ton neaniskon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+23:19Lit him.+23:20Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19 and Ac 9:22). Cf TEV+23:20Lit he. Cf NLT.+23:20Lit request of you so that tomorrow you. αὔριον ( aurion) is a POD/Topical Frame (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the first of the two second person pronouns has been left implicit in translation here.+23:20τὸν Παῦλον ( ton Paulon) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+23:20τι ἀκριβέστερον ( ti akribesteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. Cf CJB, ISV.+23:21Lit of them men more than forty. ἄνδρες πλείους τεσσεράκοντα ( andres pelious tesserakonta) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+23:22μηδενὶ ( mēdeni) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been used to give extra focus to this element.+23:22ταῦτα ( tauta) is a POD/Topical Frame (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a passive construction has been used in order to allow this element to occupy clause-initial.+23:23Lit centurions. ME(H). A centurion had charge over one hundred soldiers, and their responsibilities “were broadly similar to modern junior officers” ( NET Bible Notes, Mt 8:5). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+23:23Lit from the third hour of the night. ME(H). Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+23:24κτήνη ( ktēnē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+23:24Lit animals to put Paul on.+23:25Lit He wrote a letter having this pattern/form/content. ME (see L-N, 33.48). Cf ISV.+23:27Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf NLT.+23:27Ρωμαῖός ( Rōmaios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+23:28The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf ISV.+23:29μηδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα ( mēden axion thanatou ē desmōn echonta enklēma) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). Cf NLT.+23:29Lit of death. ME (see BDAG, 443, sv θάνατος 1.b.).+23:29Lit [I found him…] having no charge worthy of death or bonds. ME. Cf NLT.+23:30Lit that there would be. ME/IT. Cf NIV.+23:30ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ( epiboulēs eis ton andra) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+23:31Cf BDAG, 67, sv ἀναλαμβάνω 4.+23:31IT (see L-N, 93.407). Cf NCV.+23:33Lit who. Cf NCV, NET.+23:33IT. The direct object is implied from the context. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+23:34Lit asking from what province he was. ME/IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+23:35Lit he.+23:35καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί σου ( kai hoi katēgoroi sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+23:35ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ τοῦ Ἡρῴδου ( en tō praitōriō tou Hērōdou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+23:35Or palace.+23:35IT (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 23:35; UBSHS [Ac], 444). Making the verbal information compressed in the genitive explicit in translation.+24:1Lit who.+24:2Lit he.+24:2Cf TEV.+24:2The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NKJV, RSV.+24:2πολλῆς εἰρήνης ( pollēs eirēnēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+24:2Lit through you. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Ac 24:2). Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, TEV.+24:2The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, ISV, NASB, RSV.+24:2διορθωμάτων ( diorthōmatōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject). διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας ( dia tēs sēs pronoias) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+24:2Cf NCV, TEV.+24:3πάντῃ τε καὶ πανταχοῦ ( pantē te kai pantachou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and adjectives (see BDAG, 755, sv πάντῃ) have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+24:3Cf ANLEX, 66, ἀποδέχομαι 3; BSL, Ac 24:3, sv ἀποδέχομαι.+24:4Or delay, or detain.+24:4ἐπὶ πλεῖόν ( epi pleion) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the negative particle and an indefinite article have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+24:4IT (see BDAG, 371, sv ἐπιείκεια). Cf ISV, LEB, NET, NRSV.+24:5Or a troublemaker. Lit a plague. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 602, sv λοιμός 2; L-N, 22.6; UBSHS [Ac], 448). Cf LEB.+24:5Or the inhabited earth.+24:5τῶν Ναζωραίων ( tōn Nazōraiōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+24:6τὸ ἱερὸν ( to yeron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective and intensive pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:6IT. Cf HCSB, NET, NIV, NRSV.+24:6Some manuscripts add: “and we would have judged him according to our law. 7But the chief captain Lysias came and with great violence took him out of our hands, 8commanding his accusers to come before you” (ESV).+24:8Lit from whom.+24:8IT. The direct object is implied here from the context. Cf most English translations.+24:8IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 449). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT.+24:9Lit The Jews. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19 and Ac 9:22). Cf also v 24:1 above.+24:9Lit affirming these things so. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+24:10ἐκ πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ ( ek pollōn etōn onta se kritēn tō ethnei toutō) is in P2 (see BART Display), with ἐκ πολλῶν ἐτῶν in an embedded focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the embedded element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+24:10εὐθύμως ( euthumōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:10Or with gladness. Cf NET, NJB.+24:11Cf CJB, ESV, TEV, NIV, NLT, NRSV.+24:11οὐ πλείους ἡμέραι δώδεκα ( ou pleious hēmerai dōdeka) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf TEV.+24:11The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of purpose. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+24:12οὔτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς οὔτε κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ( oute en tō yerō en tais sunagōgais oute kata tēn polin) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give this element extra focus and stress. The negative particles have also been grouped with the various parts of this constituent to give them extra focus.+24:12πρός τινα ( pros tina) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and a comma have been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:12Lit or making a stopping of a crowd. ME (see BDAG, 380, sv ἐπίστασις 2). ἐπίστασιν ( epistasin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME has been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+24:13παραστῆσαι ( parastēsai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+24:13Lit Nor can they place beside. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 451). Cf CJB, TEV.+24:14οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and an emphatic adverb/spacer have been used to give extra focus to this element’s referent.+24:14Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+24:14Or Law.+24:14ἐν τοῖς προφήταις ( en tois prophētais) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+24:15IT (see, eg, BDAG, 319, sv ἐλπίς 1). Cf 2 Th 2:16.+24:15ἐλπίδα ( elpida) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+24:15IT (see BDAG, 877, sv προσδέχομαι 2.b.; BSL, Ac 24:15, sv προσδέχομαι).+24:15καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι ( kai autoi houtoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. αὐτοὶ has also been rendered intensively to the same end.+24:15ἀνάστασιν δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων ( anastasin dikaiōn te kai adikōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+24:16Lit toward, or with respect to, or in the sight of. ME (see translation and note at 2 Co 1:12; cf TEV there).+24:16ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ( aproskopon suneidēsin pros ton theon kai tous anthrōpous) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν.+24:16Cf 2 Co 1:12-14.+24:17Lit after many years. ME/IT. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+24:17ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου παρεγενόμην καὶ προσφοράς ( eleēmosunas poiēsōn eis to ethnos mou paregenomēn kai prosphoras) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:17Or nation.+24:17ἐλεημοσύνας ( eleēmosunas) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed at the end of the purpose clause for extra focus and stress.+24:18Lit in which. Cf ASV, ESV, HCSB, NCV, NIV, NKJV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+24:18Lit they found me ritually purified in the temple not with a crowd nor with a disturbance. ME (see translation and notes at Ac 21:24). Cf ISV, TEV.+24:19IT. Cf NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+24:19ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ( apo tēs Asias) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+24:19ἐπὶ σοῦ ( epi sou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+24:19τι πρὸς ἐμέ ( ti pros eme) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element. Also, πρὸς typically takes μέ ( me), and when used with ἐμέ, is emphatic (see Black, Grammar, 68; cf UBSHS [Lk], 68). Italics have thus been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the pronoun in the split element.+24:19Lit if they should have something against me. ME (see BDAG, 277, sv εἰ 1.c.).+24:20αὐτοὶ οὗτοι ( autoi houtoi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:20τί ἀδίκημα ( ti adikēma) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and cleft have been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:21περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ( peri anastaseōs nekrōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:21Lit concerning the resurrection of the dead. ME/IT (see translation and notes at Ac 23:6). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+24:21IT. Cf, eg, ESV, HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV at Ac 24:19.+24:22Cf NLT.+24:22The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf HCSB, LEB.+24:22Lit knowing the things concerning the way more accurately. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 454). Cf CJB, ESV, RSV. ἀκριβέστερον ( akribesteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME has been placed at the end of the clause for extra focus and stress.+24:22ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ ( hotan Lusias ho chiliarchos katabē) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+24:22Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος ( Lusias ho chiliarchos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:22Lit saying.+24:23Lit the centurion. ME(H). A centurion had charge over one hundred soldiers, and their responsibilities “were broadly similar to modern junior officers” ( NET Bible Notes, Mt 8:5). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+24:23Lit ordering the centurion him to be kept under guard. Cf HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+24:23Cf HCSB.+24:23μηδένα τῶν ἰδίων αὐτοῦ ( mēdena tōn idiōn autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The negative particle has been grouped with the preposed element to give it extra focus.+24:24IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+24:24εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ( eis Christon Yēsoun) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+24:25Lit he.+24:25ἔμφοβος ( emphobos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:25τὸ νῦν ἔχον ( to nun exchon) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+24:25Lit receive opportunity. ME (see BDAG, 639, sv μεταλαμβάνω 2). Cf HCSB. καιρὸν ( kairon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+24:25IT. Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+24:26χρήματα ( chrēmata) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element. An active rendering has also been used in order to allow this element to land in clause-final. Cf, eg, CJB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+24:26πυκνότερον ( puknoteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. An adverb has also been used to the same end.+24:26Cf L-N, 67.13; LEB, NET.+24:27Διετίας ( dietias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+24:27The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, HCSB, LEB, NET, NIV, NLT.+24:27χάριτα ( charita) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+24:27Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19 and Ac 9:22). Cf TEV at Ac 23:20.+25:2Lit him.+25:3Lit asking a favor against him, so that he might send for him to Jerusalem. ME. Cf CJB, TEV. The gap in languages is obvious here.+25:3The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf LEB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+25:3ἐνέδραν ( endran) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+25:3Lit making/preparing an ambush to kill him on the way. ME. Cf CJB.+25:4IT. Cf, eg, HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV.+25:4ἐν τάχει ( en tachei) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element (cf L-N, 67.56), which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+25:5IT. Cf NET, NIV.+25:5τί ἄτοπον ( ti atopon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+25:6Lit he.+25:6Cf NCV, NLT.+25:7Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19 and Ac 9:22). Cf TEV at Ac 23:20.+25:7ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβεβηκότες ( apo Yerosolumōn katabebēkotes) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), with ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων itself being an embedded focal element within the embedded element (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn). The embedded element within the embedded element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+25:7πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα ( polla kai barea aitiōmata) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+25:8οὔτε εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὔτε εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν οὔτε εἰς Καίσαρά ( oute eis ton nomon tōn Youdaiōn oute eis to yeron oute eis Kaisara) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the negative particles have been grouped with the various parts of this element to give them extra focus. Commas have also been used to same end.+25:8Or Law.+25:8Or against Caesar. Cf ISV, NRSV, TEV.+25:9χάριν ( charin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+25:9Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19 and Ac 9:22). Cf TEV at Ac 23:20.+25:9εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ( eis Yerosoluma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+25:9ἐκεῖ ( ekei) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+25:10ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς ( epi tou Bēmatos Kaisaros hestōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+25:10οὐδὲν ( ouden) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+25:10κάλλιον ( kallion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element (warranted also on lexical grounds; see, eg, L-N, 78.21), which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+25:11IT. Cf NCV, NET, ISV, NIV.+25:11ἄξιον θανάτου τι ( axion thantou ti) is in a split focal position (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn), and therefore adverbs, an auxiliary verb, and italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+25:11Lit anything worthy of death. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 462). Cf CJB, ESV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+25:11Lit I do not reject/avoid to die. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 462). Cf ESV, NCV, NRSV, TEV.+25:11οὐδείς ( oudeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+25:11In this context, δύναμαι ( dumamai) implies a legal right (see UBSHS [Ac], 462). Cf NIV, NLT.+25:11χαρίσασθαι ( charisasthai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, part of which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus (cf BSL, Ac 25:16, sv χαρίζομαι).+25:11Or to Caesar. Καίσαρα ( Kaisara) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+25:12Καίσαρα ( Kaisara) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+25:12IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+25:12πορεύσῃ ( poreusē) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+25:13Lit When some days had passed. ME (see BDAG, 227, sv διαγίνομαι). Ἡμερῶν τινῶν ( hēmerōm tinōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the verb has been left implicit in translation in order to give this element extra stress. A comma has also been used to the same end.+25:13The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of purpose. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, ISV, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+25:13Ἀγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Βερνίκη ( Agrippas ho Basileus kai Bernikē) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore delayed introduction and a colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+25:14πλείους ἡμέρας ( pleious hēmeras) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+25:14IT (see Robertson, Word Pictures, Ac 25:14). Lit for more days.+25:14Or that they were spending. The imperfect is interpreted as functioning voluntatively. This is reflected in the translation.+25:14IT. Cf, eg, HCSB, NET, NIV.+25:14Cf CJB, TEV.+25:14ἀνήρ τίς ( anēr tis) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a dummy subject and subordination have been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf HCSB, ISV, NASB, NRSV, TEV.+25:14IT. Cf NET.+25:15Lit requesting against him a sentence of condemnation. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Ac], 464). Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+25:16Lit according to face. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 83.38). κατὰ πρόσωπον ( kata prosōpon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition and a comma have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+25:16τόπον ἀπολογίας ( topon apologias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+25:17Lit having made no postponement/delay. ME (see BDAG, 59, sv ἀναβολή; L-N, 67.127).+25:18Lit concerning whom.+25:18οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν ( oudemian aitian hōn egō hupenooun ponērōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle and an adverb have been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+25:19ζητήματα τινα περὶ τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας καὶ περί τινος Ἰησοῦ τεθνηκότος ( zētēmata tina peri tēs idias deisidaimonias kai peri tinos Yēsou tethnēkotos) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus and stress. δέ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+25:19Lit that they had with/against him. Cf the translation at Ac 24:19, where Luke uses the same verb and preposition.+25:19Lit a certain Jesus. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+25:21Lit appealed to be kept. Cf ISV.+25:21Or so that, or for.+25:21Cf CJB, NET.+25:21τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ ( tou Sebastou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+25:21Lit until/for the decision of His Imperial Majesty. ME. Translating the genitive as a subjective genitive. Cf CJB, TEV.+25:21Or to Caesar.+25:22Or I myself was also wanting.+25:22ἀκοῦσαι ( akousai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been rendered so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress (drawing from BDAG in translation here; see BDAG, 38, sv ἀκούω 2).+25:22Lit he. Cf NCV, NLT.+25:22αὔριον ( aurion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+25:25μηδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ( mēden axion thanatou) is in P2, with θανάτου split from μηδὲν ἄξιον (see BART Display; LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+25:25Lit nothing worthy of death. ME (see translation and notes at Ac 23:29 and 25:11).+25:25The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial of cause (though a temporal interpretation is also possible; cf, eg, HCSB, NET). This is reflected in the translation. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, RSV, TEV.+25:25IT. Cf NLT.+25:26A disjunctive relationship with the preceding clause is implied here. Cf CJB, ESV, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+25:26Cf BSL, Ac 25:26, sv ἀσφαλές; DBL Greek, #855. ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι τῷ κυρίῳ ( asphales ti grapsai tō kuriō) is in P2 (see BART Display), with ἀσφαλές τι in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). ἀσφαλές has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+25:26“All of” is drawn from the plural “you” here. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV.+25:26τῆς ἀνακρίσεως ( tēs anakriseōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element (in Greek, the definite article is a mild demonstrative; cf, eg, HCSB, NET, NIV). The verb has also been left implicit to the same end (lit so that the examination having taken place).+25:27ἄλογον ( alogon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+25:27τὰς κατʼ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας ( tas kat’ autou aitias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+26:1περὶ σεαυτοῦ ( peri seautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a possessive adjective (warranted also on lexical grounds; see, eg, L-N, 92.10; cf CJB, TEV) has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+26:2Lit by the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19 and Ac 9:22). Cf NLT; TEV at Ac 23:20.+26:2ἐπὶ σοῦ ( epi sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf ESV, NRSV, RSV.+26:3μάλιστα γνώστην ( malista gnōstēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+26:3μακροθύμως ( makrothumōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+26:4Lit from my youth.+26:4τὴν γενομένην ( tēn genomenēn), “become” or “come about,” modifies “way of life” here (see LSGNT Notes, Ac 26:4, sv). A way of life “becoming” means that it was developing and taking shape (cf BDAG, 197, sv γίνομαι 3). Hence the translation here.+26:4Or nation.+26:4Lit from the beginning. ME. Cf NLT; CJB, HCSB, ISV, NIV at Php 4:15. ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ( ap’ arches) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+26:4“My manner of life…” is a POD/Topical Frame (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a passive construction has been used in translation here. Cf ESV, RSV.+26:4Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19 and Ac 9:22). Cf NLT; TEV at Ac 23:20.+26:5The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NASB.+26:5Cf NASB.+26:5κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας ( kata tēn akribestatēn hairesin tēs hemeteras thrēskeias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+26:5IT (see BDAG, 512, sv κατά 5.a.). Cf ISV.+26:6ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ( ep’ elpidi tēs eis tous pateras hēmōn epangelias genomenēs hupo tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+26:7Lit in which (with promise as the antecedent). ME/IT (see BDAG, 355, sv ἐπαγγελία 1; translation and note at Ac 24:15). Cf CJB, NLT.+26:7ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν ( en enteneia nukta kai hēmeran) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and repetition have been used to give extra focus to this element.+26:7For the meaning of καταντάω ( katantaō) in this context, see translation and notes at Php 3:11.+26:7Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19 and Ac 9:22). Cf TEV at Ac 23:20.+26:8ἄπιστον ( apiston) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+26:8Cf TEV.+26:8νεκροὺς ( nekrous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+26:9πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου δεῖν πολλὰ ἐναντία ( pros to onoma Yēsou tou Nazōraiou polla enantia) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore μὲν ( men) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). An adverb has also been used to give extra focus to the split element.+26:9Lit thought it necessary to do many opposing things against the name of Jesus of Nazareth. ME (see UBSHS [Ac], 472). Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+26:10Lit which.+26:10Runge marks this as the target of the forward-pointing device (see LDGNT).+26:10Lit the holy ones.\f I had\f + The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf NLT.+26:10ἐν φυλακαῖς ( en phulakais) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+26:10IT. Cf HCSB.+26:10τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων ἐξουσίαν ( tēn para tōn arciereōn exousian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). An intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to the embedded element.+26:10Cf NET, NLT, TEV.+26:11The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively (see UBSHS [Ac], 473). For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf NIV.+26:11Lit And according to all the synagogues many times punishing them. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, TEV; various translations of πολλάκις ( pollakis) at Heb 10:11 (see, eg, HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, NRSV). The point here is repeated acts of persecution in various synagogues.+26:11περισσῶς ( perissōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+26:11ἔξω ( exō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+26:11Lit I was persecuting as far as even to the cities that were outside. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+26:12Lit in which. Cf CJB, NET, NIV.+26:13οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ τὴν λαμπρότητα τοῦ ἡλίου φῶς ( ouranothen huper tēn lamprotēta tou hēliou phōs) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element. βασιλεῦ ( basileu) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+26:13Or from the sky.+26:14πάντων ( pantōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+26:14Or in Hebrew. Lit in the Hebrew language. ME(H) (see BDAG, 270, sv Ἑβραΐς; NET Bible Notes, Ac 21:40). Cf LEB, NET, NIV, NLT.+26:14διώκεις ( diōkeis) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+26:14Lit It is hard for you to kick against the goads. ME(H/I/F) (see DBL Greek, #3280; L-N, 39.19; UBSHS [Ac], 474). Cf ISV, NCV, NET, TEV.+26:16Cf NET.+26:18Cf LALS, sv κλῆρος; most English translations at Col 1:12; Ac 20:32.+26:18Or among. ἐν ( en) here is interpreted as signaling close association (see, eg, L-N, 89.119). This is reflected in the translation. Cf NLT at Ac 20:32.+26:20ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα ( axia tēs metanoias erga) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the newly activated information within the embedded element.+26:20Or that are in keeping with repentance. Lit worthy of repentance. See translation and notes at Mt 3:8. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+26:21Levinsohn marks με ( me) here as a POD (see BART Display).+26:21Lit the Jews. ME(H)/IT (see note at Ac 9:22). Cf CJB, NLT.+26:22ἐπικουρίας τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ( epikourias tēs apo tou theou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore οὖν ( oun) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+26:22Cf 2 Co 12:1-10.+26:22IT. Cf, eg, ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+26:22Or to both young and old.+26:22οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι καὶ Μωϋσῆς ( ouden ektos hōn te hoi prophētai elalēsan mellontōn ginesthai kai Mōisēs) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus and stress to the preposed element.+26:22οἱ προφῆται καὶ Μωϋσῆς ( hoi prophētai kai Mōusēs) is in an embedded split focal position (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+26:23Drawing from ANLEX in translation here (see ANLEX, 291, sv παθητός). παθητὸς ( pathētos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+26:23φῶς ( phōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+26:23Cf Is 42:6-9, 45:22-23. 49:6; Ac 13:47.+26:24Ταῦτα ( tauta) is a Topical Frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an independent clause has been used in translation in order to allow this element to occupy clause-initial within the boundaries of English syntax.+26:24Lit he.+26:24Lit said in a loud voice. ME. Cf NIV.+26:24τὰ πολλά γράμματα ( ta polla grammata) is in P2, with γράμματα split from τὰ πολλά (see BART Display), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element (in Greek, the article is a weak demonstrative).+26:25ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα ( alētheias kai sōphrosunēs rēmata) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ( alētheias kai sōphrosunēs) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+26:25ἀποφθέγγομαι ( apophthengomai) doesn’t merely mean to address, but to address with great clarity and boldness because of divine aid and leading (see and cf ANLEX, 72, sv; BDAG, 125, sv; Little Kittel, 75, sv; TDNT, 1:447, sv; UBSHS [Ac], 41).+26:26παρρησιαζόμενος ( parrēsiazomenos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ ( kai) has been used as a spacer to give this element extra focus. An adverb and repetition have also been used to the same end.+26:26Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 586, sv λανθάνω). Cf NET.+26:26λανθάνειν αὐτόν [τι] τούτων οὐθέν ( lanthanein auton [ti] toutōn outhen) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to οὐθέν.+26:26ἐν γωνίᾳ ( en gnōnia) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). γάρ ( gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+26:26Lit For this is not having been done in a corner. ME/IT (see BDAG, 209, sv γωνία; UBSHS [Ac], 479). Cf NCV, TEV.+26:27Lit Do you believe the prophets? ME/IT. Cf NCV. Here, “prophets” is being used metonymically for the words/message of the prophets, as recorded in their writings (see BDAG, 891, sv προφήτης 2; UBSHS [Ac], 479). Cf, eg, Ac 26:22.+26:28Lit me persuade to make. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NRSV.+26:28Traditionally “a Christian” (a transliteration). ME(H) (see translation and notes at Ac 11:26). Χριστιανὸν ( christianon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+26:29οὐ μόνον σὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντάς μου σήμερον ( ou monon se alla kai pantas tous akouontas mou sēmeron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and constitutes a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been rendered as an emphatic adverb to give extra focus and emphasis to the main point.+26:29καὶ ἐγώ ( kai egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+26:31IT. Cf NCV, NIV.+26:31οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιόν ( ouden thanatou ē desmōn axion) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), with θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore λέγοντες ( legontes), rendered as a finite verb in translation, has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+26:31Lit nothing worthy of death or chains. ME (see translation and notes at Ac 23:29 and 25:11).+26:32τῷ Φήστῳ ( tō Phēstō) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+26:32ἀπολελύσθαι ( apolelusthai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+26:32Or to Caesar.
=